Locks Locks for narrow stile systems
Products of the G.U-Group for doors
Content Security locks 1926
1974
1212
1218
Page 8
Page 10
Page 12
Page 14
1425
1426
1427
1430
Page 16
Page 18
Page 20
Page 22
1200
1200RF
1205PZ
1215
Page 26
Page 28
Page 30
Page 32
1812
1828
Page 34
Page 36
Contract mortise locks
Special locks
4
0007
1205H
1205SRH
1205SRHF
Page 40
Page 42
Page 44
Page 46
Content Striking plates B9000
B9000
B9000
S401
Page 50
Page 50
Page 50
Page 51
S491
S412
S412
S491
Page 51
Page 52
Page 52
Page 53
S491
S491
S491
S491
Page 53
Page 54
Page 54
Page 55
S491
S491
S491
S491
Page 55
Page 56
Page 56
Page 57
S491
Page 57
5
Product features Automatic locking locks – Series 19 Series 19 is the result of our consistent development of innovative products. Based on series 21 now also for narrow stile doors with small backsets.
Performance characteristics such as automatic locking, burglary prevention, fire rated and emergency exit doors according to new European standards provide numerous possibilities in the development and equipment of narrow stile systems.
Lock case Stable design with a small behind backset of 15 mm, fits into all recesses of the familiar BKS series 18.
Latchbolt Assures the best security as additional locking. The integrated lever allows the latchbolt to advance automatically from 12 to 20 mm.
Clamping follower Receives the spindle of the door furniture without any play and provides a reliable lock operation.
Forend As fixing element of the lock with the door. The various design scopes of surfaces and shapes must be specified in the order.
Sound damping Provides quiet action when closing the door. Very important when using narrow stile profiles.
Automatic deadbolt Projects automatically by 20 mm and provides an improved locking and security in combination with the latchbolt. May also be manually locked in case of lock 1974. The handle is switched to free running action.
Locking method May be supplied for profile cylinders or Swiss round cylinders.
Backset From 35 mm and must be specified in orders.
6
Product features Safety locks for narrow stile systems Automatic locking locks – series 19 Application: Narrow stile entrance doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance – automatic locking of latchbolt and automatic deadbolt by integrated lever, therefore no auxiliary latch is necessary – lock 1926 no longer requires manual locking of the door – anti-panic latch lever function E is standard in case of lock 1926 – optional with manually locking deadbolt, the handle is switched to free running action – suitable in combination with BKS door furniture according to DIN EN 1125 + DIN EN 179 – fire rated suitable according to DIN 18250 + DIN EN 1634 – can be supplied in backsets 35, 40, and 45 mm – galvanized lock case – 15 mm behind backset, fits into all recesses of the familiar series 18 – various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Safety lock 1212 Application: Narrow style entrance doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance – can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm – possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose – galvanized lock case – zinc die-cast latch, steel safety bolt – reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH – latch and deadbolt optionally with special anti-friction coating – 1-turn 20 mm latch throw – also available in SKG approved version – various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Safety deadbolt lock 1218 Application: Additional locking on narrow stile entrance doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock – can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm – galvanized lock case – steel safety latch – reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH – 1-turn 20 mm latch throw – also available in SKG approved version – various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Safety locks with pivot bolt – series 14 Application: Narrow stile entrance doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock, 92 mm distance – can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, and 40 mm – possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose – galvanized lock case – optional with reversible latch, roller latch or as deadbolt lock – safety pivot bolt with hardened steel bolts – optionally with additional safety deadbolt as lock 1430 – various forend versions in regards to form and optics
7
Lock 1926 – automatic locking
Door open
8
Door closed – Latch and deadbolt project automatically
Door closed – Latch and deadbolt are withdrawn when operating the lever
Lock 1926 – automatic locking Range / Order numbers Narrow stile lock with flat forend Forend Surface
Stainless steel
Backset in mm 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Front Form square square square square square square square
Flat forend 24 x 3 mm DIN LH B 1926 0003 B 1926 0005 B 1926 0007 B 1926 0009 B 1926 0011 B 1926 0013 B 1926 0015
DIN RH B 1926 0004 B 1926 0006 B 1926 0008 B 1926 0010 B 1926 0012 B 1926 0014 B 1926 0016
Narrow stile mortise lock with “U” shaped forend Forend Surface Stainless steel
Backset in mm 34 39 44
Forend Form square square square
“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm DIN LH DIN RH B 1926 0503 B 1926 0504 B 1926 0505 B 1926 0506 B 1926 0507 B 1926 0508
Additional possibilities (upon request) Forend Appearance
Width
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Swiss round cylinder hole
Possible striking plates B 9000 0402 B 9000 0435 B 9000 0436
Specification text Automatic locking BKS mortise lock 1926 for narrow stile doors; suitable according DIN 18250 for fire rated doors according to DIN 4102 and in combination with BKS door furniture for entrance fire rated doors according to DIN EN 1634; stainless steel forend, square, flat forend 24 x 3 mm (“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique); latch lever function E with latch lever; suitable in combination with BKS door furniture according to DIN EN 179 (emergency exit doors) and DIN EN 1125 (anti-panic doors); galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 9 mm follower, reinforced follower bearing; automatic latchbolt with integrated lever, in closed position with a 20 mm latch projection and advancing automatic deadbolt; automatic latch and deadbolt in a secured version as double locking; behind backset of 15 mm; center distance of 92 mm; _____ mm backset
9
Lock 1974 with manual lockable latch
Door open
10
Door closed – Latch projects automatically – Locking of deadbolt by use of key
Door closed – Locking cylinder locked – Door handle in free running position
Lock 1974 with manual lockable latch Range / Order numbers Narrow stile lock with flat forend Forend Surface
Backset in mm 35 40 45
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square
Flat forend 24 x 3 mm DIN LH B 1974 0003 B 1974 0005 B 1974 0007
DIN RH B 1974 0004 B 1974 0006 B 1974 0008
Narrow stile mortise lock with “U” spaped forend Forend Surface
Backset in mm 34 39 44
Stainless steel
Forend Finish
Width
Forend Form square square square
Follower
“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm DIN LH DIN RH B 1974 0503 B 1974 0504 B 1974 0505 B 1974 0506 B 1974 0507 B 1974 0508
Backset in mm
Special versions
8 mm Swiss round cylinder perforation
Possible striking plates B 9000 0402 B 9000 0435 B 9000 0436
Specification text Automatic locking BKS mortise lock 1974 with manual locking bolt for narrow stile doors; stainless steel forend, square, flat forend of 24 x 3 x 270 mm (“U” shaped forend 24 x 6, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique); with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 9 mm (8 mm) follower, reinforced follower bearing; automatic latchbolt with integrated lever, in locking position with a 20 mm latch projection and manually locking advancing deadbolt; lever in free running position when the deadbolt is locked; automatic latch and deadbolt in a secured version as a double locking; behind backset dimension of 15 mm; center distance of 92 mm; _____mm backset
11
Safety narrow stile lock 1212
12
Safety narrow stile lock 1212 Range / Order numbers Narrow stile lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 45 25 30 35 40 45
Steel nickel-silver
Stainless steel
Flat forend 24 x 3 x 270 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 12120064 12120054 12120063 12120065 12120066 12120057 12120058 12120059 12120060 12120056
Forend Form square square square square square square square square square square
“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 x 268 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH -----24 mm backset 12122017 29 mm backset 12122018 34 mm backset 12122019 39 mm backset 12122020 44 mm backset 12122021
Narrow stile safety lock according to SKG Forend Surface
Backset in mm 30 35 40 45
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square
Flat forend 24 x 3 x 270 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 12120067 12120069 12120071 12120073
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
9 mm Latch + deadbolt with anti-friction coating
Possible striking plates S4910064 (nisi) S4910040 (niro) S4910071 (SKG) S4910078 (“U” shaped)
Specification text BKS narrow stile safety lock 1212; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square, flat forend 24 x 3 mm (“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm) / stainless steel only, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique); with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 9 mm (8 mm) follower, reinforced follower bearing; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws of up to M 6 around the follower and cylinder fixing holes; zinc die-cast reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn galvanized steel safety latch with 20 mm latch projection; behind backset of 15.5 mm; center distance 92 mm; ____ mm backset
13
Safety deadbolt lock 1218
14
Safety deadbolt lock 1218 Range / Order numbers Safety deadbolt lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 45 25 30 35 40 45
Steel nickel-silver
Stainless steel
Flat forend 24 x 3 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 12180027 12180024 12180025 12180029 12180030 12180028 12180022 12180026 12180031 12180032
Forend Form square square square square square square square square square square
“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH -----12180037 24 mm backset 12180038 29 mm backset 12180039 34 mm backset 12180040 39 mm backset 12180041 44 mm backset
Narrow stile deadbolt lock according to SKG Forend Surface
Backset in mm 31 36 41 46
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square
Flat forend 24 x 4 mm usable DIN LH + RH 12180033 12180034 12180035 12180036
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S4120026 (nickel-silver) S4120008 (stainless steel) S4120027 (SKG) S4120028 (“U” shaped)
Specification text BKS safety deadbolt lock 1218 for profile cylinders; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; 224 x 3 mm flat forend (“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm / stainless steel only, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment of pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique); galvanized lock case; galvanized steel safety deadbolt with a one turn 20 mm deadbolt projection; usable DIN LH + DIN RH; behind backset 15.5 mm; _____ mm backset
15
Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1425
16
Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1425 Range / Order numbers Pivot bolt lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 25 30 35 40
Steel nickel-silver
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square square square square square
Forend 24 x 3 x 255 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 14250017 14250018 14250019 14250020 14250021 14250022 14250023 14250024
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower 9 mm
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates S4910046 (ns) S4910047 (ss)
Specification text BKS pivot hook bolt lock 1425; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around follower and cylinder hole; 8 mm steel follower; zinc die-cast reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; safety hook bolt with hardened steel bolt; 15.5 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset
17
Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1426 with roller latch
18
Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1426 with roller latch Range / Order numbers Pivot bolt lock with roller latch Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 25 30 35 40
Steel nickel-silver
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square square square square square
Forend 24 x 3 x 255 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 14260009 14260010 14260003 14260004 14260011 14260012 14260013 14260008
Additional possibilities (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S4910075 (ns) S4910059 (ss)
Specification text BKS safety pivot hook bolt lock 1426 with roller latch; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around follower and cylinder hole; adjustable brass roller latch, adjusting range of 3 – 10 mm; safety pivot hook bolt with hardened steel bolt; usable DIN LH + DIN RH; 15.5 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset
19
Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1427
20
Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1427 Range / Order numbers Pivot bolt lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 25 30 35 40
Steel nickel-silver
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square square square square square
Forend 24 x 3 x 255 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 14270005 14270006 14270007 14270008 14270013 14270014 14270015 14270016
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Guiding bolt
Possible striking plates
S4910037 (ns) S4910038 (ss)
Specification text BKS safety pivot hook bolt lock 1427; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around follower and cylinder hole; safety pivot hook bolt with hardened steel bolt; 15.5 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset
21
Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1430
22
Safety pivot hook bolt lock 1430 Range / Order numbers Pivot hook bolt lock Forend Surface
Forend 24 x 3 x 255 mm
Backset in mm
Front Form
DIN LH
DIN RH
40
square
14300001
14300002
Stainless steel
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
8 mm
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S4910076
Specification text BKS safety pivot hook bolt lock 1430 with additional deadbolt; stainless steel forend, square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around follower and cylinder hole; 9 mm steel follower; zinc die-cast latch; safety pivot bolt with hardened steel bolt; additional steel deadbolt; 15.5 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset
23
Product features Contract mortise locks for narrow stile systems
Lock case As stable galvanized design, it protects the function of the lock with a small behind backset.
Latch Provides a durable locking of the door. Reversible in most locks, these are therefore suitable for right and left handed doors.
Follower Receives the spindle of the door furniture and operates the lock.
Forend As fixing element of the lock with the door. The various design scopes of surfaces and shapes must be specified in the order.
Deadbolt Secures a closed door against unauthorized entry.
Locking method For profile cylinders with latch lever function.
Backset Must be specified in orders.
24
Product features Contract mortise locks for narrow stile systems Lock 1200 + roller latch lock 1200RF Application: Narrow stile internal doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance – can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm – possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose – galvanized lock case – reversible zinc die-cast latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH or brass roller latch – one turn steel deadbolt, with 20 mm deadbolt projection – 16 mm forend width suitable for section with Euro groove
Lock 1205 Application: Narrow stile internal doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance – can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35 and 40 mm – possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose – galvanized lock case – zinc die-cast latch, steel safety deadbolt – reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH – one turn 20 mm latch throw – various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Roller latch lock 1215 Application: Narrow stile internal doors with swing door function Technical features: – profile cylinder lock – roller latch adjustable from the forend, adjusting range of 4 – 12 mm – can be supplied in backset 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm – galvanized lock case – one turn steel deadbolt, with 20 mm deadbolt projection – various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Narrow stile lock – series 18 Application: Narrow stile internal doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance as 1828 – deadbolt lock, 92 mm distance as 1812 – can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm – galvanized lock case – latch of 1828 made of steel, deadbolt of 1828 + 1812 made of steel – reversible latch of 1828, usable DIN LH + DIN RH – one turn 14 mm latch throw – various forend versions in regards to form and optics
25
Narrow stile lock 1200
26
Narrow stile lock 1200 Range / Order numbers Narrow stile lock 1200 Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 45 25 30 35 40 45
Steel nickel-silver
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square square square square square square square
Forend 16 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 12000008 12000006 12000010 12000011 12000012 12000028 12000026 12000027 12000029 12000030
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Latch fixing device
Possible striking plates
Accessories from the G. U Secury Program
Specification text BKS narrow stile lock 1200; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; flat forend 16 x 3 mm; with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 8 mm follower; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around follower hole; zinc die-cast reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 20 mm deadbolt projection; 15.5 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset
27
Roller latch lock 1200RF
28
Roller latch lock 1200RF Range / Order numbers Roller latch lock 1200 Forend Surface
Backset in mm 30 35 40 45
Steel nickel-silver
Forend Form square square square square
Flat forend 24 x 4 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 12000022 12000023 12000024 12000025
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Stainless steel
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
Accessories from the G. U Secury Program
Specification text BKS roller latch lock 1200 for narrow stile doors; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; flat forend 16 x 3 mm; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws up to M 6 around follower hole; brass roller latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 20 mm deadbolt projection; 15.5 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset
29
Narrow stile lock 1205
30
Narrow stile lock 1205 Range / Order numbers Narrow stile lock 1205 Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 25 30 35 40
Steel nickel-silver
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square square square square square
Forend 24 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 12050005 12050001 12050006 12050007 12050120 12050062 12050060 12050056
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S4910023 (ns) S4910025 (ss)
Specification text BKS narrow stile lock 1205; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 8 mm follower; zinc die-cast reversible latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 13 mm deadbolt projection; 16.5 mm behind backset; 72 mm center distance; _____ mm backset
31
Roller latch lock 1215
32
Roller latch lock 1215 Range / Order numbers Roller latch lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 45 25 30 35 40 45
Steel nickel-silver
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square square square square square square square
Flat forend 24 x 3 x 255 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 12150022 12150019 12150020 12150024 12150025 12150023 12150018 12150021 12150026 12150027
“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 x 270 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH -----24 mm backset 12150028 29 mm backset 12150029 34 mm backset 12150030 39 mm backset 12150031 44 mm backset 12150032
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset in mm
Sspecial versions
Possible striking plates
S4910065 (ns) S4910042 (ss) S4910077 (“U” shaped forend)
Specification text BKS roller latch lock 1215 for narrow stile doors; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square, flat forend 24 x 255 mm (“U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm) / stainless steel only, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique); galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for narrow stile door furniture with connecting screws of up to M 6 around the follower and cylinder perforation; adjustable brass roller latch, adjustment range of 3 – 10 mm, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; single turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 20 mm deadbolt projection; behind backset of 15.5 mm; center distance of 92 mm; ____ mm backset
33
Narrow stile lock 1812
34
Narrow stile lock 1812 Range / Order numbers Narrow stile lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 45
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square square
Forend 24 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH B 1812 0001 B 1812 0002 B 1812 0003 B 1812 0004 B 1812 0005
24 mm forend / 5 mm latch projection usable DIN LH + DIN RH B 1812 0019 B 1812 0020 B 1812 0021 B 1812 0022 B 1812 0023
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
“U� shaped forend 24 x 6 mm
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
B 9000 0422
Specification text BKS narrow stile deadbolt lock 1812; stainless steel forend, square, 24 x 3 mm flat forend; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn nickel-plated steel deadbolt with 14 mm deadbolt projection, (optionally 5 mm projection); behind backset 15 mm; 92 mm center distance; ____ mm backset
35
Narrow stile lock 1828
6.5 (2 pieces from backset 40) Backset
36
Narrow stile lock 1828 Range / Order numbers Narrow stile lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 45
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square square
Forend 24 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH B 1828 0001 B 1828 0002 B 1828 0003 B 1828 0004 B 1828 0005
24 mm forend / 5 mm latch + deadbolt projection usable DIN LH + DIN RH B 1828 0010 B 1828 0011 B 1828 0012 B 1828 0013 B 1828 0014
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
“U� shaped forend 24 x 6 mm
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
B 9000 0402
Specification text BKS narrow stile lock 1828; stainless steel, square; flat forend 24 x 3 mm; with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 9 mm follower, reinforced follower bearing; reversible steel latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH (optionally 5 mm projection); one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 14 mm deadbolt projection; 15 mm behind backset; 92 mm center distance; _____ mm backset
37
Product features Sliding door locks for narrow stile systems
Lock case
Pivot hook bolt
As stable galvanized design, it protects the function of the lock with a small behind backset.
Provides a secure closure of the door.
Guiding pin Finds the correct position when closing the door.
Forend As fixing element of the lock with the door. The various design scopes of surfaces and shapes must be specified in the order.
Locking method For profile cylinders.
Backset Must be specified in orders.
38
Product features Special locks for narrow stile systems Glass door lock 0007 Application: Glass doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance – can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40 and 45 mm – possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose – galvanized lock case – zinc die-cast latch – one turn steel deadbolt, with 20 mm deadbolt projection – various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Sliding door lock 1205H Application: Sliding doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance – can be supplied in backsets 35 and 40 mm – possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose – galvanized lock case – steel deadbolt, usable DIN LH and DIN RH – one turn steel deadbolt, with 20 mm deadbolt projection
Sliding door locks 1205SRH + 1205SRHF Application: Sliding doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function – can be supplied in backsets 30, 35, and 40 mm – possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture with oval rose – galvanized lock case – steel deadbolt, usable DIN LH and DIN RH – optional with guiding pin as 1205SRHF to position the door when closing
39
Glass door lock 0007
40
Glass door lock 0007 Range / Order numbers Glass door lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 25 30 35 40 45
Steel nickel-silver
Forend Form square square square square square
Forend 18 mm DIN LH DIN RH 00071001 00071002 00071003 00071004 00071005 00071006 00071007 00071008 00071009 00071010
Forend 20 mm DIN LH DIN RH 00071070 00070171 00071011 00071012 00071013 00071014 00070271 00070272 00071015 00071016
Forend 24 mm DIN LH DIN RH 00071017 00071018 00071019 00071020 00071021 00071022 00071023 00071024 00071025 00071026
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Stainless steel
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Rounded forend
Possible striking plates
S4010088 (ns) S4010012 (ss)
Specification text BKS glass door lock 0007; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square (or rounded); with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 8 mm steel wing follower; zinc die-cast latch; one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 10 mm deadbolt projection; 16 mm behind backset; 72 mm center distance; _____ mm backset
41
Sliding door lock 1205H
42
Sliding door lock 1205H Range / Order numbers Sliding door lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 35 40 35 40
Steel nickel-silver Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square
Forend 24 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 12050028 12050029 12050064 12050104
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
9 mm
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S4910023 (ns) S4910025 (ss)
Specification text BKS sliding door lock 1205H with hook latch; nickel-silver painted forend, square; with latch lever; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; special 8 mm follower; zinc die-cast steel hook latch, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; one turn galvanized steel deadbolt with 13 mm deadbolt projection; 16.5 mm behind backset; 72 mm center distance; _____ mm backset
43
Sliding door lock 1205SRH
44
Sliding door lock 1205SRH Range / Order numbers Sliding door lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 30 35 40 30 35 40
Steel nickel-silver
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square square square
Forend 24 mm usable DIN LH + DIN RH 12050195 12050196 12050204 12050197 12050198 12050205
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S4910029 (ns) S4910030 (ss)
Specification text BKS sliding door lock 1205SRH with pivot hook bolt; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; galvanized steel pivot hook bolt, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; behind backset 16 mm; _____ mm backset
45
Sliding door lock 1205SRHF with guiding pin
46
Sliding door lock 1205SRHF with guiding pin Range / Order numbers Sliding door lock Forend Surface
Backset in mm 30 35 40 30 35 40
Steel nickel-silver
Stainless steel
Forend Form square square square square square square
Forend 24 mm usalbe DIN LH + DIN RH 12050199 12050200 12050206 12050190 12050201 12050207
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset in mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S4910068 (ns) S4910053 (ss)
Specification text BKS sliding door lock 1205SRHF with pivot hook bolt and guiding pin; nickel-silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; galvanized steel pivot hook bolt, usable DIN LH + DIN RH; steel guiding pin; behind backset 16 mm; _____ mm backset
47
Product advice Door handling
Left inwards – DIN left Lever showing to the left
Left outwards = DIN right Lever showing to the left
Right outwards = DIN left Lever showing to the right
Right inwards = DIN right Lever showing to the right
Reversible latch The following must be observed for locks equipped with a reversible latch: The screw to reverse the latch is located on the back of the lock. Push it outward with the screw driver, reverse the latch and tighten the screw again in the initial position.
Adjustable roller latch Locks with roller latches are used for swing doors. In order to achieve an ideal fixing function, the roller latch position may be changed through the screw located on the front.
48
Product advice Latch fixing device In order to disable the latch of a mortise lock during daily operation, a latch fixing device may be installed in locks of class 3 + 4 upon request. A mortise lock with a retracted and fixed latch enables an unchecked door access. After releasing the fixing device, the latch may then again be operated via the latch lever by using the lever. Note: The specification text must be supplemented accordingly “...with latch fixing device”.
End caps for “U” shaped forends Special BKS end caps are included in the overall delivery of locks with “U” shaped forends. The end caps have expanding pins which may be used for the attachment in the profile. These may be removed and pop rivet nuts may be used for a more stable attachment.
Swiss round cylinder Locks which are intended for Swiss round cylinders (such as KABA, KESO) require the following attention: The distance from the center of the follower is 2 mm longer than the comparable dimension of profile cylinders.
Center
Swiss Round cylinder
Center PZ
Example: PZ 92 mm = CH-RZ 94 mm
49
Striking plates Striking plate B 9000 for series 18 + 19 with flat forend
BKS striking plate (or lipped striking plate) B 9000 for automatic locking locks of series 19 + narrow stile locks of series 18 suitable for medium application, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH (lipped strike plate usable DIN LH + DIN RH)
Standard version Range / Order numbers Finish Stainless steel
Order number for lock 1812
Order number for series 18 + 19
B 9000 0422
B 9000 0402
Lipped strike plate Range / Order numbers Order number
Finish Stainless steel
B 9000 0435 B 9000 0436
DIN LH DIN RH
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: B 1926, B 1974
Striking plate B 9000 for series 18 + 19 with “U” shaped forend BKS striking plate 9000 for automatic locking locks of series 19 + narrow stile locks of series 18 with “U” shaped forend; suitable for medium application, “U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technology; square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish Stainless steel
Order number B 9000 0785
Other options (upon request) Finish
Suitable for locks: B 1926 B 1974
50
Special versions
Striking plates Striking plate S401 for 0007
BKS angular striking plate S401 for glass door lock 0007; suitable for light application; round ends
Range / Order numbers Finish
Order number
Steel nickel-silver
S4010088
Stainless steel
S4010012
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 0007
Striking plate S491 for 1205/1205H BKS Striking plate S491 for narrow stile lock 1205 and 1205H; suitable for normal application, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish
Order number
Steel nickel-silver
S4910023
Stainless steel
S4910025
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 1205 1205H
51
Striking plates Striking plate S412 for 1218
BKS striking plate S412 for deadbolt lock 1218; suitable for normal application, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish
Order number
Steel nickel-silver Stainless steel
S4120026 S4120008
S4120027 (SKG)
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 1218
“U” shaped striking plate S412 for 1218 BKS “U” shaped striking plate 412 for deadbolt lock 1218; with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique; suitable for normal application, square ends; suitable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish Stainless steel
Order number S4120028
Other options (upon request) Finish
Suitable for locks: 1218
52
Special versions
Striking plates Striking plate S491 for 1212
BKS striking plate S491 for narrow stile lock 1212; suitable for normal application, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish
Order number
Steel nickel-silver Stainless steel
S4910064 S4910040
S4910071 (SKG)
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 1212
“U” shaped striking plate S491 for 1212 BKS “U” shaped striking plate S491 for narrow stile lock 1212; with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique; suitable for normal application, square ends; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish Stainless steel
Order number S4910078
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 1212
53
Striking plates Striking plate S491 for 1215
BKS striking plate S491 for roller latch lock 1215; suitable for normal application, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish
Order number
Steel nickel-silver
S4910065
Stainless steel
S4910042
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 1215
“U” shaped striking plate S491 for 1215 BKS “U” shaped striking plate S491 for roller latch lock 1215; with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technique; suitable for normal application, square form; suitable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish Stainless steel
Order number S4910077
Other options (upon request) Finish
Suitable for locks: 1215
54
Special versions
Striking plates Striking plate S491 for 1205SRH
BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1205SRH with hook; suitable for normal application, square ends, usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish
Order number
Steel nickel-silver
S4910029
Stainless steel
S4910030
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 1205SRH
Striking plate S491 for 1205SRHF BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1205SRHF with hook and guiding pin; suitable for normal application, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish
Order number
Steel nickel-silver
S4910068
Stainless steel
S4910053
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 1205SRHF
55
Striking plates Striking plate S491 for 1425
BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1425 with hook; suitable for medium application, Square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH.
Range / Order numbers Finish
Order number
Steel nickel-silver
S4910046
Stainless steel
S4910047
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 1425
Striking plate S491 for 1426 BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1426; suitable for medium application wear, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish
Order number
Steel nickel-silver
S4910075
Stainless steel
S4910059
Other options (upon request) Finish
Suitable for locks: 1426
56
Special versions
Striking plates Striking plate S491 for 1427
BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1427 with hook; suitable for medium application, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish
Order number
Steel nickel-silver
S4910037
Stainless steel
S4910038
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 1427
Striking plate S491 for 1430 BKS striking plate S491 for sliding door lock 1430 with hook; suitable for medium application, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Finish Stainless steel
Order number S4910076
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Suitable for locks: 1430
57
Product information for locks The following information regarding locks must be observed in accordance with the manufacturer's liabilities of his products defined in the product liabilities statute. Noncompliance releases us from any liabilities. 1. Product information and use as directed A lock generally has the function to lock and block a door. Simple lock designs serve only to lock the door. This designates that a door is kept closed so that it cannot be opened by pulling or pushing, but may be opened by a simple method, such as by moving the lever. The lock latch – generally only called latch – serves as lock. Securing the closed door by at least one projecting door latch or by blocking of a deadbolt, which meshes into the appropriate recess of the jamb and or the locking plate, is called blocking. The deadbolt must be blocked against pushing back in its projected position. In addition, the door must be effectively difficult to open without the proper key. The door may only be blocked in a previously closed condition. Cylinder attachment screws must be coordinated or adjusted to the backset length.
2. Incorrect use An incorrect use – meaning a product use not as directed – of locks, for example, is, when - The flawless use is prevented by inserting foreign objects into the lock or into the locking plate. - When interfering or assaulting the lock or locking plate, which results in a change of the structure, the effectiveness or the function. - The lock bolt is prelocked to keep the door open. - The closing elements are assembled to be blocked in their function or are subsequently treated (for example, painted). - If a load is attached to the lever connection which exceeds the normal force applied by hand. - If unsuitable, such as dimensionally deviating or incorrect keys are being used. - If an expansion or reduction of the required door gap develops when readjusting the hinges or when lowering the door. - If a non-approved double wing door is opened past the inactive wing. - When gripping between the door leaf and the jamb when closing the doors. - when simultaneously activting the lever and the key. 3. Product performance If the product performance is not explicitly defined in our catalogues, broschures, price lists, performance specifications, etc., the requirements must be coordinated with us.
A mortice lock is a lock which is inserted into a recess in the door leaf (lock pocket) and screwed on. The following must be observed to assure proper use: - Locks, locking plates, door fittings, attaching devices and locking cylinders must be matched.
The relevant standards serve as guidelines (for example, DIN 18250, DIN 18251, DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN 18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN 1125, DIN EN 1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209).
-
The serviceability of locks also depends of the operating frequency, operating method, environmental effects and maintenance.
The current “state of technology” must be applied for a proper installation, the maintenance and possibly a replacement. This is documented in the standards of these products and in instructions or manufacturer's catalogues.
Locks for anti-panic doors or special locks generally do not require an immediate use of keys when activating the door fitting (such as the door lever). Locks for anti-panic doors or special locks may only be combined with locking cylinders with a so-called turning handles (such as knob cylinders) if this is contractually approved by the lock's manufacturer. It is commonly suggested that only the owners of the keys have the right to activate the lock, meaning that the activation of a lock through a knob cylinder (or without a key) is not considered to be as a normal case. Simultaneously pulling back the latch and the prelocked deadbolt only by activating the door lever is a special case and may not replace the “normal” key rotation to pull back the deadbolt. Locking cylinder may only be unconditionally installed in locks when they are subject to a dimension standard (DIN 18252) and if such locks are clearly prepared for locking cylinders under this standard. In all other cases, the manufacturer, dealer, fabricator or consumer of such locks must obtain the certainty that the locking cylinders he selected are suitable for their intended use. The necessary legal regulations and manufacturer's instructions must be observed. For example, no locking cylinders with a button, knob, or a similar handle may be installed in anti-panic locks. General terms, provided these are not explained in catalogue pages, broschures, price lists or on the internet are explained in the standards relevant for these products (such as DIN 18250, DIN 18251, DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN 18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN 1125, DIN EN 1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209). Deviations from the particular relevant standard must be specified in the order.
58
Basic requirements and additional requirements are defined in these standards.
Lock, strike plate, door fittings, locking cylinders and keys must be replaced as soon as problems occur despite proper maintenance. This also applies to attempts to forcefully overcome locks and their accessories (burglary attempts). 4. Product maintenance Locks must be lubricated with suitable lubricants at least once per year – more frequently after wear. Door fitting, strike plate and locking cylinder must be checked for their proper condition and their installation. Only cleaning material that do not contain any corrosion-promoting ingredients may be used. 5. Information and instruction duties The following documents and services are available to specialty dealers, locksmiths, architects, planners, fabricators and users upon request, in order to comply with the informational and instructional duties of the product liability statutes: - Catalogues, broschures - Specification texts copies, quotation documents, keying plans - The relevant standards serve as guidelines, for example, DIN 18250, DIN 18251, DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN 18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN 1125, DIN EN 1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209 (Exclusive selling rights of the Beuth Verlag GmbH, Berlin 30). - Instructions for installation, operation and maintenance For the selection of locks and the installation, operation and maintenance, - architects and planners should consider to request and observe all required product information from us. - Specialty dealers must consider to observe product information and reference in the price lists and specifically request all necessary instructions from us and to forward these to the fabricators. - Fabricators must consider to observe all product information and specifically request operating and maintenance instructions from us and to forward these to contractors and consumers.
Product information for locks
1. The door leaf should not be drilled in the area of the lock installed.
General use, installation and maintenance advice for BKS-locks and furniture
2. The spindle should not be knocked through the follower using a hammer.
3. The door leaf should not be carried using the handles.
4. The distance between forend and striker should be between 2 and 5 mm.
5. The latch bolt and dead bolt should not be painted over.
2 to 5 mm
59
Product information for locks
60
6. The handle should not be operated in the wrong direction. In use a maximum load of 150 N on the handle should not be exceeded.
7. The lock should not be operated with any foreign objects.
8. The dead bolt should not be extended while the door is open.
9. The handle and the key should not be operated simultaneously.
10. Anti-panic locksshould not be left with a key in them.
11. Anti-panic locks should not be fitted with locking cylinders with thumb turn or turn knob.
Product information for locks
12. Panic doors should only be used in case of emergency (no frequent use).
13. Double leaf doors should not be forced open using the inactive leaf.
14. As soon as there are visible signs of physical attack (e.g. bent bolts), the lock must be replaced.
15. Locks are to be lubricated at least once a year (non-resinogenic oil).
year
Exclusion of liability The BKS products are permanently adapted to growing market's requirements and developed further. We also reserve for changes serving the technological progress. This necessity is based on: – technical development – change and adaptation in product range – adaptation to changed laws and technical standards. We have arranged the content of our documents with the greatest possible care. We therefore ask for your understanding that we take no responsibility for possible mistakes with regard to presentation and description of the products. Many thanks for your understanding. 61
Relevant standards The most diverse standards and specifications exist for doors and related products. The most important are listed in the following:
DIN 107 Description left and right in the construction industry DIN 1080, part 1 Terms, symbols and units in civil engineering, basics DIN 4102, part 5 + 18 Part 5: Fire performance of building materials and components; fire barriers, barriers in elevator shaft walls and fire-resistant glazing Part 18: Fire performance of building material and components; fire barriers; proof of “self-locking” properties (continuous operation test) DIN 18 055 Windows; joint impermeability, water penetration resistance and mechanical stress; specifications and tests DIN 18 082, part 1 +3 Part 1: Fire barriers, steel doors T30-1, model A Part 3: Fire barriers, steel doors T30-1, model B DIN 18 095, part 1 +2 Part 1: Doors; smoke protection doors; terms and specifications Part 2: Doors; smoke protection doors; design test of the long-term operational reliability and weathertightness
DIN 18 357 Official Contracting Terms for the Award of Construction Performance Contracts Part C: General technical contract requirements for construction services (General Pricing Regulations) Fitting operations DIN 18 361 Official Contracting Terms for the Award of Construction Performance Contracts Part C: General technical contract requirements for construction services, glazing operations DIN 68 706 part 1 Interior doors of wood and wood materials, barrier door leaves, terms, prefered dimensions, structural features DIN EN 179 Emergency exit locks with handle or joint plate DIN EN 1125 Anti-panic door locks with horizontal control bar DIN EN 1154 Door closing device with controlled closing process
DIN 18 100 Doors; wall openings for doors; Dimensions compliant with DIN 4173
DIN EN 1303 Building hardware – locking cylinders for locks – specifications and testing procedures
DIN 18 101 Doors, doors for apartment construction; door leaf sizes, hinge seating and lock seating; interrelationship between dimensions
DIN V ENV 1627 Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – specifications and classification
DIN 18 111, part 1 Door jambs, steel jambs, standard jambs for rebated doors
DIN V ENV 1628 Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures to calculate the resistance under static stress
DIN 18 250 Mortice locks for fire barriers DIN 18 251 Locks; mortice locks for doors DIN 18 252 Locking cylinders for door locks; terms, descriptions DIN 18 255 Building hardware; door handles, doorplates and door rosettes – terms, dimensions, specifications DIN 18 257 Building hardware; protective coatings – terms, dimensions, specifications, tests and identifications DIN 18 273 Building hardware; door handle sets for fire barriers and smoke protection doors – terms, dimensions, specifications and tests
62
DIN V ENV 1629 Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures to calculate the resistance under dynamic stress DIN V ENV 1630 Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures to calculate the resistance to counter manual burglary attempts DIN EN 1634 Part 1 + 3 Fire resistance tests for door and connecting devices Part 1: Fire barriers Part 3: Smoke protection barriers DIN EN 1906 Building hardware, door handles, and door knobs – specifications and testing procedures
Quality A complete Quality Assurance System in correspondence with DIN EN ISO 9001 guarantees consistently high quality of all processes at BKS. This Quality Assurance standard applies the highest demands at the European level and is not relative to production, but also to other business sectors such as research, order processing or customer service. This standard applies to all manufacturing sections at BKS (locking cylinders, door locks, fittings, electronics and door closers). The extensive product range of the G.U-BKS group is designed for heavy-duty use and coordinated. The high performance level in regards to quality, dependability and long life can only be assured when coordinated products are used. The program variety of the G. U-BKS group makes it possible to use this advantage. This is documented by the appropriate tests and registrations, relative to the standards and specifications. These certificates may be requested, if desired.
63
General Terms and Conditions General Sales, Delivery and Payment Terms and Conditions 1.
General / Scope of Application
1.1
Our Sales Terms and Conditions are exclusively applicable; we do not recognise contrary terms and conditions by the Purchaser or terms and conditions deviating from our Sales Terms and Conditions unless they have been explicitly approved by us in writing. Our Sales Terms and Conditions shall be applicable even if we carry out delivery to the Purchaser without reservation and with the knowledge of contrary terms and conditions or terms and conditions deviating from our Sales Terms and Conditions. All agreements made between us and the Purchaser in view of performance of the present contract have been stipulated in writing in the present contract. Our Sales Terms and Conditions are only valid vis-à-vis a contractor within the meaning of § 14 BGB [German Civil Code]. Our Sales Terms and Conditions shall also be valid for subsequent orders. For current and future business relations the Sales Terms and Conditions shall be valid as framework terms and conditions even if not explicitly agreed upon in future. In addition to our General Terms and Conditions our "Installation Guidelines", "Installation Instructions" and “Product Informations” shall be valid.
1.2 1.3 1.4
1.5
2.
Offer / Offer Documentation
2.1
Our offer is subject to alterations unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation. After a purchase order has been placed by the customer, a contract is entered into by our written order confirmation. The contents of the contract shall be governed by our written order confirmation. Warranty of a quality or acceptance of an independent guarantee on contract conclusion moreover must be explicitly identified in writing accordingly. Subsequent modifications of the contract contents must also be made in writing. We reserve property rights and copyrights in illustrations, drawings, calculations and other documents; they must not be made available to third parties. This is especially applicable to such written documents identified as being "confidential". Prior to their transmittal to third parties the Purchaser requires our explicit written approval.
2.2 2.3 2.4
3.
Prices / Payment Terms and Conditions
3.1
Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, our prices are to be understood "ex works" excluding packing and transport charges, insurance and other contingencies; these shall be invoiced separately. For pieces or parts which we produce on a special demand or order of the Purchaser we inform the Purchaser about the amount of the production. Statutory value-added tax is not included in our prices; it will be shown separately on the invoice on the day of invoicing in the amount stipulated by law. Discount deduction requires a special written agreement. Independent of such a written agreement it is stipulated that a discount of 3 % on the net invoice value shall be granted if payment is received within 10 days as from date of invoice. If payment is received within 30 days, we will grant 2 % discount on the net invoice value. No discount will be granted on new invoices as long as still open balances from former invoices exist. Payments will always be used for settlement of the oldest debit item. Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, the purchase price is due for payment net (without deduction) within 60 days as from date of invoice. If the Purchaser defaults, we shall be entitled to request arrears on interest in the amount of 8 % above the respective basic interest published. But the Purchaser shall be entitled to prove to us that no damage or a damage of a far minor importance has occurred for us as a result of the delay of payment. The Purchaser shall only be entitled to setoff rights if his counterclaims have legal force, are undisputed or have been recognised by us. The Purchaser shall be entitled to exercise a general lien in so far as his counterclaim is based upon the same contractual relationship. We shall not be obliged to accept bills of exchange or cheques. If cheques or bills of exchange are accepted on a case to case basis upon prior agreement, this will only be made in fulfilment by invoicing the discount charges and collection charges which have to be paid by the customer immediately in cash. Accepted bills and cheques will be finally credited after having been honoured. Acceptance of cheques or bills of exchange will be made without prejudice for later payment obligations. We shall not be responsible for timely presentation, protest and return of the bill of exchange, if it has not been honoured. If a bill of exchange or a cheque is not honoured in time or if a payment term granted is exceeded, all debts still open at that time – also debts for which a respite has been granted and debts for which bills of exchange or cheques have been given – become immediately due for payment.
3.2 3.3 3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4.5
If non-observance of the delivery time is due to Force Majeure such as for example mobilization, war, riot or similar incidents such as for example strike, lock-out, the delivery time is extended by the duration of the incidents causing the delay in so far as these impediments can be proven to have a major influence on completion or delivery. The same applies if these circumstances occur at sub-suppliers. 4.6 Partial deliveries are admissible within a reasonable extent. 4.7 We shall be liable in general only for delay in delivery in accordance with statutory provisions of the German Commercial Code and the German Civil Code. 4.8 Moreover we shall be liable in accordance with statutory provisions in so far as the delay in delivery is based upon an intentional or grossly negligent contract violation for which we are responsible; we shall also be responsible for a fault caused by our representatives or vicarious agents. 4.9 In so far as the delay in delivery is merely based upon simple fault and no mandatory liability is applicable due to violation of life, body or health, our liability for default damages is limited in such a way that the Purchaser can request each 0.5 percent for each completed week of delay but in total not more than 5 percent of the price for that delivery portion which due to the delay could not be put into useful operation. This is not connected with a modification of the burden of proof to the Purchaser's disadvantage. The Purchaser's legal right to rescind remains unaffected. 4.10 Goods which have been reported to be ready for shipment have to be called by the Purchaser immediately but not later than after a delay of 20 calendar days after having been informed of the readiness for shipment. If no call occurs, we shall be entitled to put the goods on stock and store them upon our own discretion at Purchaser's risk and treat them as delivered ex works. 4.11 If shipment or delivery of the goods is delayed on request or upon instigation of the Purchaser, storage charges may be invoiced starting from one month after notification of readiness for shipment in the amount of 1% of the invoice value for each month started. The storage charges shall be limited to 5 % of the invoice value unless higher storage charges can be proven by us. 4.12 Fulfilment of our obligation in accordance with the German Packaging Regulations has been transferred by us to a authorized Company who sets up appropriate collecting boxes for packing material which has to be taken back in places where large quantities and small quantities of packing material occurs. Overwraps and sales packages will be taken back by us only via this authorized Company. Outside the scope of application of the Packaging Regulations no packing material will be taken back by us. 5.
Participation Duties of our Customers
5.1
Participation services by the customer which are explicitly or tacitly agreed upon within the scope of the contract will be performed without special remuneration unless specified otherwise. The customer shall be obliged to inform us on all facts in time from which it results that stock and products in store with us which have been placed at disposal in view of production capacities reported to us cannot be used or cannot be fully used. If residual stock remains, the customer will accept the stock and eventual charges for their destruction in case of premature modification of his disposition. The same applies also to products for which we had to order minimum quantities from our suppliers in so far as we had pointed out this fact to our customer in advance. The customer guarantees that the products supplied by him for further processing are suitable for this purpose. We are not obliged to inspect the products supplied by the customer for their property and fitness in view of further processing. Within the scope of current business relations as well as when a processing item has primarily been inspected, tested and released, the customer shall be obliged to inform us of his own accord about each product change. In cases of current processing of items the customer shall be further obliged – for each modification of the production conditions in his plant especially when replacing tools, machines or when introducing new production procedures – to inspect the item to be processed by us for variations and modifications and to inform us in writing of such variations and modifications. We shall not be obliged to check the correctness of instructions given by our customers, material selection or other provisions made by our customer. Therefore the customer must check all instructions he is giving as well as the quality of the materials specified or made available to us for compliance with statutory and technical provisions. If the customer defaults regarding his duty of procurement or participation after written request, we shall be entitled to statutory rights. The taking back of goods requires an explicit written approval, if we are not obligate to take back the goods by law.
5.2
5.3
5.4 5.5
5.6 5.7
6.
Passing of Risk Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, delivery shall be deemed to be agreed upon "ex works". The risk for delivery passes onto the customer when leaving our works, at the latest with shipment of the consignment and/or delivery to the carrier or forwarding agent even if partial deliveries are made or if exceptionally we carry out transport at our own expenses or with our transportation means unless otherwise specified. If shipment is delayed due to circumstances for which the customer is responsible, the risk passes onto the customer with receipt of the notification of readiness for shipment. Return shipments must be returned to us carriage-free. In case of return shipment the risk of loss remains with the customer until the products have been accepted at our works. If the customer so requests, we will effect a transport insurance for the shipment; the charges connected with it will be borne by the customer.
4.
Delivery / Delivery Time
6.1
4.1
Prior to start of the delivery time indicated by us all technical questions must have been clarified. If we inform the Purchaser about delivery times these informations are not binding and show only a foreseeable delivery time. Observance of our delivery obligation moreover requires timely and orderly fulfilment of the Purchaser's obligations, especially observance of the agreed upon payment terms and conditions. The defence of a non-fulfilled contract remains reserved. If the Purchaser has been put on notice to take delivery or if he violates any other duties of co-operation, we shall be entitled to request indemnification of the damage incurred to us to that extent including eventual surplus expenditure. Further claims remain reserved. If the prerequisites of item 4.3 exist, the risk of an accidental destruction or an accidental deterioration of the object purchased passes onto the Purchaser at that point in time when the Purchaser has been put on notice to take delivery or is in debtor's delay.
6.2
4.2
4.3
4.4
64
6.3
6.4
6.5
General terms and conditions 7.
Redhibitory Defects
We shall be liable for redhibitory defects as follows: 7.1 All such parts or services have to be reworked, newly delivered or rendered again free of charge upon our choice which within the statutory limitation – irrespective of the operating period – show a redhibitory defect in so far as its cause existed at the time of passing of risk. 7.2 Claims due to redhibitory defects become barred by the statute of limitations in 12 months. The time period starts with the passing of risk (item 6). 7.3 The customer must notify the redhibitory defect to us immediately in writing. 7.4 In case of notification of defects payments by the customer are permitted to be withheld within a scope which is in an adequate ratio to the redhibitory defects occurred. The Purchaser shall only be allowed to withhold payments if a notification of defects has been put forward the justification of which cannot be doubted. If the notification of a defect was wrong, we shall be entitled to request indemnification of expenditures incurred by us from the customer. 7.5 First of all we shall always be granted the possibility of subsequent performance within an adequate delay. 7.6 If subsequent performance fails, the Purchaser may withdraw from contract – without prejudice to eventual damage claims – or reduce payment. Replacement for fruitless expenditure can only be requested by the Purchaser, if we are responsible for the defect due to intent or gross negligence. 7.7 Claims as a result of defects do not exist in case of only minor variation from the agreed upon quality, in case of only minor impairment of usefulness, in case of natural wear and tear or damages occurring after passing of risk due to wrong or negligent treatment, excessive load, inappropriate consumables or due to special external influences which are not presumed according to contract as well as in case of nonreproducible software errors. If the Purchaser or third parties carry out modifications or repair work in an inappropriate way, no claims as a result of defects exist for it and the resulting consequences either. The same applies in so far as our specifications for handling and other instructions are not observed. 7.8 Claims by the Purchaser for expenditure necessary for the purpose of subsequent performance including but not limited to transport, road, work and material charges are excluded to the extent that the expenditure increases because the object of delivery has subsequently been taken to another place than the establishment of the Purchaser unless this change of location corresponds to its use according to purpose. 7.9 Legal recourse claims by the Purchaser towards us exist only in so far as the Purchaser has not made any agreements with his customer beyond statutory claims due to defects. 7.10 For damage claims item 9 applies. Further or other claims than those stipulated in this item or in item 9 for redhibitory defects are excluded. 8.
8.1
8.2
8.3 8.4
8.5 8.6
Industrial Property Rights and Copyrights, Defective Titles Unless otherwise agreed upon, we shall be obliged to render delivery only in the country of the place of delivery free from industrial property rights and copyrights by third parties (hereinafter called property rights). In so far as a third party due to violation of property rights by deliveries rendered by us and used according to contract, puts forward justified claims against the Purchaser, we shall be liable to the Purchaser within the delay determined in item 7.2 as follows: Upon our choice and at our own expenses we will either obtain a right of use (usufructuary right) for the deliveries concerned, modify them in such a way that the property right will not be violated or replace them. If this is not possible for us under adequate terms and conditions, the Purchaser shall be entitled to statutory rights of withdrawal or reduction. The Purchaser shall only be allowed to request indemnification for fruitless expenditure, if we are liable for intent or gross negligence. Our obligation to pay damages is governed by item 9. The above mentioned obligations exist only in so far as the Purchaser informs us immediately in writing about the claims put forward by the third party, does not recognise a violation and all defences and composition proceedings are reserved for us. If the Purchaser ceases to use the delivery for reasons of damage reduction or for other important reasons, he shall be obliged to inform the third party that no acknowledgement of a violation of property rights is connected with it. Claims of the Purchaser are excluded in so far as he is responsible for the violation of property rights. Claims of the Purchaser are also excluded in so far as the violation of property rights is caused by particular specifications of the Purchaser, by an application unforeseeable by us or by the fact that the delivery is modified by the Purchaser or used together with products not delivered by us. In case of violations of property rights for the claims of the Purchaser stipulated in item 8.1 the provisions of items 7.4, 7.5 and 7.9 apply accordingly. Further claims of the Purchaser or other claims of the Purchaser than those stipulated in the present item 8 against us or our vicarious agents for defective title are excluded.
9.
Total Liability
9.1
Claims by the Purchaser for indemnification – irrespective of the legal nature of the claim put forward – are excluded. Excluded from this provision are: a) Damages due to violation of substantial contractual obligations. In case of simple negligence, however, liability for indemnification shall be limited to the foreseeable damage typically occurring. b) Damages due to violation of life, body or health if we are responsible for the breach of duty. c) For other damages based upon an intentional or grossly negligent breach of duty with us being equally responsible for a breach of duty by our legal representatives or vicarious agents. d) Indemnification for impossibility or inability.
9.2
9.3 9.4 9.5
No modification of the burden of proof at the Purchaser's disadvantage is connected with the above provision. Liability according to the liability for products' law remains unaffected. In so far as liability for indemnification towards us is excluded or restricted, this applies also to personal liability for indemnification by our employees, our commercial agents and our vicarious agents.
10.
Retention of Title
10.1 The objects of the deliveries (goods under retention of title) remain our property until payment of all debts to which we are entitled from the business relationship. In so far as the value of all securities to which we are entitled towards the Purchaser exceeds the amount of all claims secured by more than 10 %, we will release a corresponding share of the securities on request by the Purchaser. 10.2 During existence of the retention of title the Purchaser shall not be permitted to encumber the goods or pledge them as security and resale is only permitted to resellers in normal dealings and only with a proviso that the reseller receives payment from his customer or makes the reservation that transfer of title will only occur if the customer has met his payment obligations. 10.3 In case of attachments, seizures or other orders or interference by third parties the Purchaser must inform us immediately so that we can institute a claim according to § 771 ZPO [German Civil Practice Act]. In so far as the third party is not able to reimburse the court costs and extrajudicial costs of a claim according to § 771 ZPO, the Purchaser shall be liable for the loss incurred by us. 10.4 The Purchaser is obliged to take good care of the item purchased; especially he is obliged to insure the item purchased at his own expenses sufficiently at original value against fire, water and theft. In so far as maintenance and inspection work are required, the Purchaser must carry out such work in time at his own expense. 10.5 In case of breaches of duty by the Purchaser including but not limited to delay of payment, we shall be entitled to withdrawal and taking back; the Purchaser is obliged to restitution. Withdrawal and/or exercise of the retention of title does not require rescission by the Supplier; these actions or an attachment of the goods under retention of title by us does not represent a withdrawal from contract unless this has explicitly been declared by us. 10.6 If the Purchaser has resold the purchased item in the ordinary course of business, he assigns, however, to us already now all debts in the amount of the final invoice value (including value-added tax) of our debts accruing for him from resale against his customers or third parties regardless of whether the purchased item has been resold without or after further processing. The Purchaser remains authorised to collect this debt also after assignment. Our authority to collect the debt ourselves remains unaffected. But we undertake not to collect the debt as long as the Purchaser meets his payment obligations from the proceeds taken in, does not default in payment and in particular no petition for opening of insolvency proceedings has been filed or insolvency exists. But if this is the case, we can request that the Purchaser informs us about the debts assigned and their debtors, gives all information necessary for collection, hands out the respective documents and informs the debtors (third parties) of the assignment. 10.7 Processing or reshaping of the purchased item by the Purchaser will always be made on behalf of us. If the purchased matter is processed with other objects not belonging to us, we acquire joint ownership in the new object in the ratio of the value of the purchased item (final invoice value including value-added tax) to the other processed objects at the time of processing. For the object created by processing moreover the same applies as for the purchased item delivered under retention of title. 10.8 If the purchased item is mixed inseparably with other objects not belonging to us, we acquire joint ownership in the new item in the ratio of the value of the purchased item (final invoice value including value-added tax) to the other mixed objects at the time of mixing. If the mixing occurs in such a way that the item of the Purchaser has to be considered the main item, it is deemed to have been agreed upon that the Purchaser transfers pro rata joint ownership to us. The Purchaser holds in custody for us the exclusive ownership or joint ownership thus created. 11.
Place of Performance, Venue, Governing Law
11.1 For all rights and duties resulting from our deliveries and services for both parties the registered office of our company shall be considered to be the place of performance. 11.2 In dealings with companies for lawsuits for which the district courts have jurisdiction in rem, the Velbert District Court, and for lawsuits for which county courts have jurisdiction in rem, the Wuppertal County Court shall have general jurisdiction. 11.3 The contractual relationship shall be governed by the law of the Federal Republic of Germany. Application of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG) is excluded. 11.4 The data specified by the Purchaser will be stored and processed by electronic data processing to the extent that this is admissible in accordance with the Federal German Law on Data Protection (§§ 28, 29 BDSG). 11.5 Should any provision of the agreement, the general sales, delivery and payment terms and conditions or other included terms and conditions be or become invalid, in whole or in part, for any reasons whatsoever, or there is a whole, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. The invalid provision shall be substituted by a valid provision that comes as closely as legally permissible to what the invalid provision was intended to achieve.
65
General business terms ....................................................................................................................................................................................................64
+
65
Automatic locking locks ......................................................................................................................................................................................................8
–
11
End caps for “U” shaped forend ............................................................................................................................................................................................
49
Latch fixing device ................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.49
Glass door lock 0024 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................40
+
41
Hook latch locks................................................................................................................................................................................................................16
-
23
Standards..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
62
Contract mortise locks ......................................................................................................................................................................................................24
-
33
Product information for locks ............................................................................................................................................................................................58
-
61
Product features – contract mortise locks ........................................................................................................................................................................24
+
25
Product features – special locks ......................................................................................................................................................................................38
+
39
Product features – Safety locks ..........................................................................................................................................................................................6
+
Quality ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 63
Sliding door locks..............................................................................................................................................................................................................42
-
Striking plates ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................50
-
47 57
Striking plate B9000 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................
50
Striking plate S401 for lock 0007..........................................................................................................................................................................................
51
Striking plate S412 for lock 1218..........................................................................................................................................................................................
52
Striking plate S491 for lock 1205/1205H .............................................................................................................................................................................
51
Striking plate S491 for lock 1212..........................................................................................................................................................................................
53
Striking plate S491 for lock 1215..........................................................................................................................................................................................
54
Striking plate S491 for lock 1205SRH ..................................................................................................................................................................................
55
Striking plate S491 for lock 1205SRHF ................................................................................................................................................................................
55
Striking plate S491 for lock 1425..........................................................................................................................................................................................
56
Striking plate S491 for lock 1426..........................................................................................................................................................................................
56
Striking plate S491 for lock 1427..........................................................................................................................................................................................
57
Striking plate S491 for lock 1430..........................................................................................................................................................................................
57
Lock 0007 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................40
+
41
Lock 1200 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................26
+
27
Lock 1200RF ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................28
+
29
Lock 1205 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................30
+
31
Lock 1200H ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................42
+
43
Lock 1200SRH ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................44
+
45
Lock 1205RHF ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................46
+
47
Lock 1212 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................12
+
13
Lock 1215 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................32
+
33
Lock 1218 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................14
+
15
Lock 1425 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................16
+
17
Lock 1426 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................18
+
19
Lock 1427 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................20
+
21
Lock 1430 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................22
+
23
Lock 1812 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................34
+
35
Lock 1828 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................36
+
37
Lock 1926 – automatically locking......................................................................................................................................................................................8
+
9
Lock 1974 – manually locking ..........................................................................................................................................................................................10
+
11
-
47
Swiss round cylinder ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ Pivot hook deadbolt locks..................................................................................................................................................................................................42
49
Security locks......................................................................................................................................................................................................................6
-
23
Special locks ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................34
-
51
Door handling........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
48
Reversible latch.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
48
Adjustable roller latch ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
48
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 42549 Velbert Telephone: +49 - (0)2051 201 - 0 Fax: +49 - (0)2051 201 - 431 www.bks.de
W 0230 0002 10/2004 my Printed in Germany
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschl채ge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 71254 Ditzingen Telephone: +49 - (0)7156 301 - 0 Fax: +49 - (0)7156 301 - 293 www.g-u.de vertrieb-inland@g-u.de
Locks Series 13 – Locks for narrow stile door systems
The new programme of locks for metal constructions
Product features Locks – Series 13 Series 13 is an extensive programme for metal constructions. The innovative construction offers various applications for narrow stile systems. The remarkable features of this kind of construction are
the burglar resistance, fire protection and emergency exit suitability according to the new European standards, completed by roller latch locks and the deadbolt monitoring as option.
Lock case Due to the small dimensions (181 mm x 15 mm / 15 mm behind backset) possible to fit into all recesses of most of the standard locks for narrow style doors.
Latch Possible as 10 mm or 12 mm standard latchbolt and 14 mm security latchbolt, reversible for left and right doors. For a bigger door crack also available with 3 mm or 5 mm projecting latchbolt. For use on fire rated doors a security latchbolt made of stainless steel is recommended. A roller latch with 14 mm roller is also available as option.
Follower Receives the spindle of the door furniture without any play. Available in versions 8 mm, 9 mm or 10 mm.
Forend As fixing element of the lock to the door, available with 16 mm or 24 mm flat forend and 24 x 6 mm “U” shaped forend. Available in galvanized or lacquered steel as well as in stainless steel in different lengths.
Fixing holes for door furniture Provides for a solid through fixing of the door furniture. Also suitable for roses prepared for Swiss cylinder.
Deadbolt
Panic function
Secures the closed door against unauthorised entries. Available as standard version or security deadbolt with saw protection, 3 mm or 5 mm projection as option.
Available in panic function E, according to EN 179 and to EN 1125.
Locking method May be supplied for profile cylinders or Swiss round cylinders.
Special versions - Deadbolt lock or latch lock with 100 mm lock case - Fire protected version - Deadbolt monitoring with potentional-free circuit contact
2
Backset Depending on the lock version available from 25 mm.
Product features
Panic-lock 1316
245 or 270
Application: Narrow stile entrance and internal doors Technical features: - profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance - can be supplied in backsets 35, 40, and 45 mm - anti-panic latch lever function E - suitable in combination with BKS door furniture according to EN 1125 + EN 179 - fire rated suitable according to DIN 18250 + DIN EN 1634 - also available as lock 1311 for fire rated doors without panic function - galvanized lock case - reversible latch, usable DIN LH and DIN RH (fire rated version just DIN LH or DIN RH) - zinc die-cast bolt, 1-turn 20 mm latch throw (optional security deadbolt with saw protection) - various forend versions (245 mm or 270 mm) in regards to form and optics
Safety lock 1314
245 or 270
Application: Narrow stile entrance and internal doors Technical features: - profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance - can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm - galvanized lock case - reversible zinc die-cast latch, usable DIN LH and DIN RH - zinc die-cast bolt, 1-turn 20 mm latch throw (optional security deadbolt with saw protection) - various forend versions (245 mm or 270 mm) in regards to form and optics
Roller latch lock 1315
245 or 270
Application: Narrow stile entrance and internal doors Technical features: - profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance - can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm - galvanized lock case - roller latch adjustable from the front, adjusting range of 3 – 11 mm - zinc die-cast bolt, 1-turn 20 mm latch throw (optional security deadbolt with saw protection) - various forend versions (245 mm or 270 mm) in regards to form and optics
Lock 1300 + roller latch lock 1300RF Application: Narrow stile internal doors Technical features: - profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 92 mm distance - can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm - galvanized lock case - reversible zinc die-cast latch, usable DIN LH and DIN RH - zinc die-cast bolt, 1-turn 20 mm latch throw - also available with roller latch, adjustable from the front, adjusting range of 3 – 11 mm - 16 mm forend width suitable for section with Euro groove
3
Product features
Roller latch lock 1305 / 1325
Latch lock 1307 / 1327
Application: Narrow stile entrance and internal doors
Application: Narrow stile entrance and internal doors
Technical features: - can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm - galvanized lock case - roller latch adjustable from the front, adjusting range of 8 mm - various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Technical features: - can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm - galvanized lock case - reversible latch, usable DIN LH and DIN RH - various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Deadbolt lock 1308 / 1328 Application: Narrow stile entrance and internal doors Technical features: - profile cylinder lock - can be supplied in backsets 25, 30, 35, 40, and 45 mm - galvanized lock case - zinc die-cast deadbolt, single throw of 20 mm - various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Striking plates for series 13 BKS striking plates for narrow stile locks and roller latch locks of series 13 with flat forend, suitable for standard and medium application, square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Finish: Stainless steel
BKS striking plates for narrow stile locks of series 13 with “U” shaped forend; suitable for medium application, “U” shaped forend 24 x 6 mm, with decorative plastic end caps for an optional attachment with pop rivet nuts or integrated dowel technology; square ends; usable DIN LH + DIN RH
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschläge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Telephone +49 71 56 30 10 Fax +49 71 56 30 12 93 www.g-u.de
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velbert Telephone +49 20 51 20 10 Fax +49 20 51 20 14 31 www.bks.de
WP00625-04-2-2 01/2005 www.mykommunikation.com
Finish: Stainless steel
Locks Mortise locks for entrance and internal doors
Products of the G.U. group for doors
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschl채ge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 71254 Ditzingen Telephone: +49 - (0)7156 301 - 0 Fax: +49 - (0)7156 301 - 293 www.g-u.de vertrieb-inland@g-u.de
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 42549 Velbert Telephone: +49 - (0)2051 201 - 0 Fax: +49 - (0)2051 201 - 431 www.bks.de
Edition: March 2004
Content
Content
Mortise safety locks
Mortise locks according to DIN 18251 – T1
2154
2124
2174
2114
0215
0415
0515
0615
Page 10
Page 12
Page 12
Page 14
Page 44
Page 46
Page 48
Page 50
0024
6031
6206
6043
0010
0216
0055
1058
Page 54
Page 56
Page 58
Page 60
Special locks
Page 16
Page 18
Page 20
Page 22
Mortise locks for fire rated doors
4
1125
1206
2327
2338
0353
G353
0371
0372
Page 26
Page 28
Page 30
Page 32
Page 62
Page 62
Page 64
Page 64
1795
6065
6138
6306
0375
0381H
0381HF
0393
Page 34
Page 36
Page 38
Page 40
Page 66
Page 68
Page 68
Page 70
5
Content
Content
Striking plates
Striking plates
6
B 9000
B 9000
B 9000
B 9000
S403
S404
S407
S411
Page 75
Page 75
Page 76
Page 76
Page 83
Page 83
Page 84
Page 84
B 9000
B 9000
B 9000
B 9000
S412
S413
S440
S441
Page 77
Page 77
Page 78
Page 78
Page 85
Page 85
Page 86
Page 86
S403
S404
S407
S411
S448
2828
Page 79
Page 79
Page 80
Page 80
Page 87
Page 87
S413
S440
S441
S448
Page 81
Page 81
Page 82
Page 82
7
Product features
Product features
Automatic locking locks – Series 21
Mortise safety locks Automatically locking locks – Series 21 Application: Entrance house and apartment doors
Latchbolt
Lock case
Assures the best security as additional locking. The integrated lever allows the latchbolt to advance automatically from 12 to 20 mm.
Fully enclosed it protects the function of the lock.
Clamping follower
Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, optionally also for Swiss round cylinders – Automatic locking of latbhbolts and automatic deadbolts by an integrated level, therefore does not require an auxiliary latch – no longer requires manual locking of the door – certified security according to VDS class B – can be supplied in backsets 55, 60, 65, 70, 80 and 100 mm – Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – may be switched in the BUTLER function with free running handle on the inside door, resulting in increased security against burglaries – various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Lock 0024 + 6031
Receives the spindle of the door furniture without any play and serves for a reliable lock operation.
Forend
Application: Entrance house and apartment doors Technical features: – Profile cylinder lock with latch lever function – optionally also as round cylinder lock or short cylinder lock – can be supplied in backsets 55, 60, 65, 70 and 80 mm – as 0024 for a profile center distance of 92 mm – as 6031 for a profile center distance of 72 mm – Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – enclosed lock case – various forend versions in regards to form and optics – Malleable cast iron latch, deadbolt made of steel – 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw
As fixing element of the lock with the door. The various design scopes of surfaces and shapes must be specified in the order.
Fixing holes for door furniture
Lock 6206 Application: Entrance house and apartment doors with increased security according to WK2
With swarf protection buhes, provides for a solid through fixing of the door furniture.
Technical features: – Profile cylinder lock with latch lever function – can be supplied in backsets 55, 65, and 80 mm – with a 6 mm forend for special burglary prevention – for a profile center distance of 72 mm – Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – enclosed lock case – various forend versions in regards to form and optics – Malleable cast iron latch, deadbolt made of steel – 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw with a triple safety tumbler
Automatic deadbolt Projects automatically by 20 mm and provides an improved locking and security in conjunction with the latchbolt.
Locking method Backset Must be specified in orders.
8
May be supplied for profile cylinders or Swiss round cylinders.
Lock 6043 Application: Radiation protection doors with mechanical safety requirements Technical features: – Cylinder lock with latch lever function – provided for use as profile half cylinders – massive follower of malleable cast iron – can be supplied in backsets 40 / 80 mm – Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – enclosed lock case – various forend designs of stainless steel – Malleable cast iron latch, deadbolt made of steel – 1-turn 15 mm deadbolt throw
9
Lock 2154 – BUTLER
Lock 2154 – BUTLER
Range / Order numbers
BUTLER function Door open
Door closed
Door closed – Cylinder locked – Door handle in free running position
Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset in Forend format mm square 55 Rounded square 60 Rounded square 65 Rounded square 80 Rounded
Stainless steel
Forend, 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH B 2154 0009 B 2154 0010 B 2154 0002 B 2154 0001 B 2154 0025 B 2154 0026 B 2154 0017 B 2154 0018 B 2154 0041 B 2154 0042 B 2154 0033 B 2154 0034 B 2154 0073 B 2154 0074 B 2154 0065 B 2154 0066
Forend, 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH B 2154 0013 B 2154 0014 B 2154 0005 B 2154 0006 B 2154 0029 B 2154 0030 B 2154 0021 B 2154 0022 B 2154 0045 B 2154 0046 B 2154 0038 B 2154 0037 B 2154 0077 B 2154 0078 B 2154 0069 B 2154 0070
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width 22 mm for rebated door locks, 28 mm for flush doors
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
70 100
Swiss round cylinder fixing hole
Possible striking plates B 9000 0195 B 9000 0203 B 9000 0205
B 9000 0196 B 9000 0204 B 9000 0206
Specification text BKS Latchbolt lock 2154 with an automatic locking for apartment entrance doors; measurements according to DIN 18 251; certified according to VDS class B; forend made of stainless steel, rounded; with latch lever; closed, galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M8 (up to 6 mm for roses)around the follower and cylinder holes; with protecting steel bushed; 10 mm steel follower with bronze bearing ring; latchbolt with additional blocking in two positions; automatic deadbolt; latchbolt and automatic deadbolt 20 mm projection; automatic locking triggered through in latchbolt integrated lever (no auxiliary latch necessary); behind backset 28 mm; center distance 92 mm, backset __________ mm
10
11
Lock 2124 – BUTLER + 2174
Lock 2124 – BUTLER + 2174 Range / Order numbers
BUTLER function Door open
Door closed
Door closed – Cylinder locked – Door handle in free frunning position
Lock 2124 for profile cylinder Forend surface
stainless steel
Backset in Forend format mm square 55 Rounded square 60 Rounded square 65 Rounded square 80 Rounded square 100 Rounded
Forend, 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH B 2124 0007 B 2124 0008 B 2124 0001 B 2124 0002 B 2124 0020 B 2124 0019 B 2124 0013 B 2124 0014 B 2124 0031 B 2124 0032 B 2124 0026 B 2124 0025 B 2124 0055 B 2124 0056 B 2124 0050 B 2124 0049 B 2124 0067 B 2124 0068 B 2124 0061 B 2124 0062
Forend, 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN R B 2124 0009 B 2124 0010 B 2124 0004 B 2124 0003 B 2124 0021 B 2124 0022 B 2124 0016 B 2124 0015 B 2124 0033 B 2124 0034 B 2124 0027 B 2124 0028 B 2124 0058 B 2124 0057 B 2124 0051 B 2124 0052 B 2124 0069 B 2124 0070 B 2124 0063 B 2124 0064
Forend, 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH B 2124 0011 B 2124 0012 B 2124 0005 B 2124 0006 B 2124 0024 B 2124 0023 B 2124 0017 B 2124 0018 B 2124 0035 B 2124 0036 B 2124 0029 B 2124 0030 B 2124 0059 B 2124 0060 B 2124 0053 B 2124 0054 B 2124 0071 B 2124 0072 B 2124 0065 B 2124 0066
Forend, 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH B 2174 0007 B 2174 0008 B 2174 0001 B 2174 0002 B 2174 0019 B 2174 0020 B 2174 0014 B 2174 0013 B 2174 0032 B 2174 0031 B 2174 0025 B 2174 0026 B 2174 0056 B 2174 0055 B 2174 0050 B 2174 0049 B 2174 0067 B 2174 0068 B 2174 0061 B 2174 0062
Forend, 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH B 2174 0010 B 2174 0009 B 2174 0003 B 2174 0004 B 2174 0022 B 2174 0021 B 2174 0016 B 2174 0015 B 2174 0033 B 2174 0034 B 2174 0027 B 2174 0028 B 2174 0057 B 2174 0058 B 2174 0052 B 2174 0051 B 2174 0070 B 2174 0069 B 2174 0063 B 2174 0064
Forend, 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH B 2174 0011 B 2174 0012 B 2174 0005 B 2174 0006 B 2174 0023 B 2174 0024 B 2174 0018 B 2174 0017 B 2174 0036 B 2174 0035 B 2174 0029 B 2174 0030 B 2174 0060 B 2174 0059 B 2174 0054 B 2174 0053 B 2174 0071 B 2174 0072 B 2174 0065 B 2174 0066
Lock 2174 for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm 55 60
stainless steel
65 80
2124
100
2174
Forend Form square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded
Manually lockable deadbolt
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
70
Swiss round cylinder fixing hole
Possible striking plates B 9000 0247 B 9000 0433 B 9000 0435
B 9000 0248 B 9000 0434 B 9000 0436
Specification text Deadbolt latch lock 2124 – Butler BKS Latbbolt lock 2124 with an automatic locking for apartment entrance doors; measurements according to DIN 18 251; certified according to VDS class B; forend made of stainless steel, rounded; with latch lever; closed, galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screws; screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M8 (up to 6 mm for roses)around the follower and cylinder holes; with steel protection bushes; 8 mmsteel follower with bronze bearing ring; latchbolt with additional blocking in two positions; self-locking automatic latchbolt; latchbolt 20 mm projecting in locking position; automatic locking triggered through integrated lever in latchbolt (no auxiliary latch necessary); behind backset 28 mm; center distance 72 mm; backset __________mm Deadbolt latch lock 2174 with manually lockable latch BKS Latchbolt lock 2174 with an automatic locking of the latchbolt and manually lockable deadbolt for apartment entrance doors; measurements according to DIN 18 251; certified according to VDS class B; forend made of stainless steel, rounded; with latch lever; closed, galvanized lock case; with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing sxrew; screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M8 (up to 6 mm for roses)around the follower and cylinder holes; with swarf protecting steel bushes; 8 mm steel follower with bronze bearing ring; latchbolt with additional blocking in two positions; manually lockable deadbolt; 20 mm projection latchbolt and deadbolt, automatic locking triggered through integrated lever in latchbolt (no auxiliary latch necessary); behind backset 28 mm; center distance 72 mm, backset __________mm
12
13
Lock 2114
Lock 2114 Range / Order numbers
BUTLER function Door open
Door closed
Door closed – Locking cylinder locked – Door handle in free running position
Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Forend, 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
Forend, 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
Forend, 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
Backset In mm
Forend Form
55
Rounded
B 2114 0001
B 2114 0002
B 2114 0003
B 2114 0004
B 2114 0005
B 2114 0006
60
Rounded
B 2114 0013
B 2114 0014
B 2114 0015
B 2114 0016
B 2114 0017
B 2114 0018
65
Rounded
B 2114 0025
B 2114 0026
B 2114 0027
B 2114 0028
B 2114 0029
B 2114 0030
80
Rounded
B 2114 0049
B 2114 0050
B 2114 0051
B 2114 0052
B 2114 0053
B 2114 0054
stainless steel
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
70 100
Swiss round cylinder fixing hole
Possible striking plates B 9000 0247 B 9000 0433 B 9000 0435
B 9000 0248 B 9000 0434 B 9000 0436
Specification text BKS Latchbolt lock 2114 with automatic locking of the latch without automatic deadbolt for apartment entrance doors; measurements according to DIN 18 251; certified according to VDS class B; forend made of of stainless steel, rounded; with latch lever; closed, galvanized lock case; with eassembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M8 (up to 6 mm for roses) around the follower and cylinder holes; with swarf protecting steel bushes; 8 mm steel follower with bronze bearing ring; latchbolt with additional blocking in two positions; without automatic deadbolt; 20 mm protecting latchbolt; automatic locking triggered through in latchbolt integrated lever (no auxiliary latch necessary); behind backset 28 mm; center distance 72 mm; backset __________mm
14
15
Safety lock 0024
Safety lock 0024 Range / Order numbers Lock for profile cylinder Backset in Forend format mm
Forend surface
Forend, 22 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
Forend, 24 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
55
square
00241001
00241002
00240616
00240617
--
--
60
square
00241003
00241004
00240618
00240619
--
-–
65
square
00240606
00240594
00240603
00240604
00240628
00240629
80
square
00241007
00241008
00240622
00240623
--
--
Backset In mm
Forend Form
55
square
00241011
00241012
00241021
00241022
60
square
00241013
00241014
00241023
00241024
65
square
00240021
00240022
00241031
00241032
80
square
00241017
00241018
00241017
00241018
steel Nickel-silver
Forend Surface
Forend, 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
Forend, 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
Forend, 28 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
Nickel-silver steel
Lock for round cylinder Forend Surface
Profile cylinder
Round cylinder
Short cylinder
Backset In mm
Forend Form
65
square
steel Nickel-silver
Forend 24 x 310 mm for rebated doors
DIN LH
DIN RH
00240595
00240596
Forend 28 x 310 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 00240597
00240598
Lock for short cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
65
square
steel Nickel-silver
Forend 24 x 310 mm for rebated doors
DIN LH
DIN RH
00240599
00240600
Forend 28 x 310 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 00240601
00240602
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
stainless steel
Width 24 mm for rebated door 24 mm for flush door Forend 22 x 310 Forend 24 x 310 Forend 28 x 310
Follower
Backset In mm
70 90
Special versions Sawing protection Latch Offset deadbolt (profile fixing device cylinder lock only) Front bevel Rounded forend
Possible striking plates Anti-panic function D (only backset 65mm) Anti-panic function E (only backset 65 mm)
S 401 S 407 S 404
Specification text BKS mortise lock 0024 for profile cylinders (or round cylinders / or short cylinders); for apartment entrance doors; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel forend), rounded (or square); with latch lever; enclosed, galvanized lock case; screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M 8 around deadbolt and latch follower; 10 mm malleable cast iron follower; latch made of malleable cast iron, nickel plated; 2-turn steel deadbolt, nickel plated; center distance 92 mm; backset _____ mm
16
17
Safety lock 6031
Safety lock 6031 Range / Order numbers
Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Forend Form square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded
Forend 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 60310013 60310014 60310016 60310015 -----------------
Forend 20 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 60310063 60310064 60310067 60310068 60310035 60310036 60310021 60310022 60310039 60310040 60310024 60310023 60310053 60310054 60310025 60310026 60310058 60310057 60310061 60310062
Backset In mm
Forend Form
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
55
square
Backset In mm 55 60
steel Nickel-silver
65 70 80
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 60310065 60310066 60310044 60310043 60310037 60310038 60311001 60311002 60310042 60310041 60310027 60310028 60310056 60310055 60311003 60311004 60310059 60310060 60311006 60311005
Lock for round cylinder Forend Surface steel Nickel-silver
60311007
60311008
60311010
60311009
Lock for short cylinder Profile cylinder
Round cylinder
Short cylinder
Forend Surface
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
Backset In mm
Forend Form
55
square
60311011
60311012
60311017
60311018
60
square
60311013
60311014
60311019
60311020
65
square
60311015
60311016
60311021
60311022
steel Nickel-silver
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower 9 mm 10 mm
Backset In mm
Special versions
Sawing protection
Front bevel No. 3+5 Latch fixing device
Possible striking plates
S 204 S 241
S 401 S 404 S 407 S 411
Specification text BKS mortise lock 6031 for profile cylinders (or round cylinders / or short cylinders)according to DIN 18 251 – class 3; for apartment entrance doors; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel forend), rounded (or square); with latch lever; enclosed, galvanized lock case; screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M 8 around deadbolt and latch follower; 8 mm malleable cast iron follower ; latch made of malleable cast iron, nickel plated; 2-turn steel deadbolt, nickel plated; center distance 72 mm; backset _____ mm
18
19
Safety lock 6206
Safety lock 6206 Range / Order numbers
Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
55 steel Nickel-silver
stainless steel
Forend 20 x 280 mm for rebated doors
Forend 24 x 280 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
DIN LH
DIN RH
Rounded
62061001
62061002
62061007
62061008
65
Rounded
62061003
62061004
62061009
62061010
80
Rounded
62061005
62061006
62061011
62061012
55
Rounded
62060042
62060043
62061015
62061016
65
Rounded
62060007
62060008
62061017
62061018
80
Rounded
62061013
62061014
62061019
62061020
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width Forend dimensions 20 x 235 mm Forend dimensions 24 x 235 mm
Followe r
Backset In mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S 204 S 241
S 350 (20 x 20) S 500
Specification text BKS mortise lock 6206 for apartment entrance doors according to WK2 (ET1); nickel silver painted 6 mm thick forend (or stainless steel forend), welded 5 times, rounded; with latch lever; enclosed, galvanized lock case; screwed together 4 times; screw holes for door furniture with connecting screws up to M 8 around deadbolt and latch follower; 8 mm malleable cast iron follower; latch made of malleable cast iron, nickel plated; 2-turn steel deadbolt with triple safety tumbler, nickel plated; center distance 72 mm; backset _____ mm
20
21
Mortise lock 6043
Mortise lock 6043 Range / Order numbers
Lock for double profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
stainless steel
40/80
Rounded
Version
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
With latch lever
B 6043 0215
B 6043 0216
B 6043 0207
B 6043 0208
Without latch lever
B 6043 0211
B 6043 0212
B 6043 0203
B 6043 0204
Ohter options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S 204 S 241
S 350 (20 x 20) S 500
Specification text BKS mortise lock 6043 for radiation protection doors; prepared for profile half cylinder with a 40 mm + 80 mm backset; stainless steel forend, rounded; with latch lever; enclosed galvanized lock case; screw holes for door furniture with connection holes up to M 8 around latch and deadbolt follower; 8 mm malleable cast iron follower; latch made of malleable cast iron, nickel plated; steel deadbolt, one turn, nickel plated; center distance 72 mm; backset of 40 + 80 mm
22
23
Product features
Product features
Mortise locks for fire rated doors
Mortise locks for fire rated doors Lock 1125 Application: Fire rated doors (H80) requiring reversible locks Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance – available in backset 65 mm – usable DIN LH + RH by turning the lock – galvanized lock case fully enclosed – steel latch – additional steel deadbolt, single turn with 14 mm deadbolt projection – galvanized steel forend, 24 mm forend width
Locking to the top As option for special designs in Combination with the BKS spring bolt lock 1795 possible
Lock case Fully enclosed, it protects As stable galvanized design The function of the lock
Latch Provides a durable Closure of the door.
Lock 1206 + 6306 Application: Fire rated doors, also with burglary prevention requirements Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance – according to DIN 18250 – class 3 (for contract doors) + class 5 (safety lock) – can be supplied in backsets 55, 65, 80 and 100 mm – Possibility of through fixings of conventional door furniture – galvanized lock case fully enclosed – galvanized steel latch, – class 3 with zinc-die cast deadbolt – class 5 with galvanized steel safety deadbolt
Follower Receives the spindle of the door furniture and operates the lock.
Forend As fixing element of the lock with the door. The various design scopes of surfaces and shapes must be specified in the order.
– reversible latch, usable DIN LH + RH – 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw – Various forend versions relative to form and finish – Finish – as safety lock 6306 with 6 mm forend – as triple latch lock 6065 with additional latch Locks 6138
Lock 2327 Fixing hole for door furniture Provides for a solid, Through fixing of the door furniture
Deadbolt Secures the closed door against Unauthorized entries
Application: Fire rated doors, which are combined with various locking suites Technical features: – Profile cylinder lock for 2 profile cylinders, 72 mm distance – with latch lever function – according to DIN 18250 – class 3 – available in backset 32/65 mm – galvanized lock case fully enclosed – Galvanized steel latch – galvanized steel deadbolt – one turn deadbolt throw – various forend versions in regards to form and optics
Locking method Backset In orders Must be specified
For profile cylinders with latch lever function. Also for Swiss round cylinders in some versions
Lock 2338 with locking to the top Application: Custom designed fire rated doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance – for fire rated doors according to DIN 4102 – can be supplied in backsets 65, 80 and 100 mm – Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture – galvanized lock case fully enclosed – galvanized steel latch, – galvanized steel deadbolt – one turn deadbolt throw – various front versions in regards to form and optics – in conjunction with BKS spring bolt lock 1795
24
25
Single latch lock 1125 for fire rated doors
Single latch lock 1125 for fire rated doors Range / Order numbers
Single latch lock Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
Forend 24 mm usable DIN LH + RH
65
Rounded
11250001
steel galvanized
Additional possibilities (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
B 9000 0775
Specification text BKS single latch lock 1125; usable DIN LH + RH, suitable for fire rated doors according to DIN EN 1634 + DIN 4102; galvanized forend, rounded; with latch lever; enclosed galvanized lock case; 2-turn 9 mm steel follower; steel latch, galvanized; additional steel deadbolt, single turn, galvanized; center distance 72 mm; backset 65 mm
26
27
Lock 1206 according to DIN 18250 for fire rated doors
Lock 1206 according to DIN 18250 for fire rated doors Range / Order numbers Lock according to DIN 18250 – class 3 for profile cylinders Forend Surface
Backset In mm 55 65 80 100 55 65 80 100
steel galvanized
stainless steel
Forend Form Rounded Rounded Rounded Rounded Rounded Rounded Rounded Rounded
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 12060363 12060364 12060365 12060366 12060367 12060368 12060369 12060370 12060379 12060380 12060381 12060382 12060384 12060383 12060385 12060386
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 12060371 12060372 12060373 12060374 12060376 12060375 12060377 12060378 12060387 12060388 12060390 12060389 12060391 12060392 12060394 12060393
Lock according to DIN 18250 – class 5 for profile cylinders Forend Surface
Backset In mm 55 65 80 100 55 65 80 100
steel galvanized
stainless steel
Class 3
Class 5
Forend Form Rounded Rounded Rounded Rounded Rounded Rounded Rounded Rounded
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 12060337 12060336 12060325 12060324 12060340 12060341 12060361 12060360 12060345 12060344 12060328 12060329 12060332 12060333 12060354 12060355
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 12060339 12060338 12060326 12060327 12060342 12060343 12060100 12060121 12060347 12060346 12060331 12060330 12060334 12060335 12060359 12060358
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Gold-plated Forend
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions Swiss round cylinder fixing hole Deadbolt and follower monitoring Latch and deadbolt with anti-friction coating
Possible striking plates B 9000 0319 B 9000 0435 B 9000 0248
B 9000 0320 B 9000 0436
Specification text DIN 18250 – class 3 BKS fire rated door lock 1206 according to DIN 18250 – class 3 suitable for fire rated doors; galvanized steel forend (or stainless steel), rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 2-turn 9 mm steel follower; galvanized latch made of malleable cast iron; 2– turn zinc die-cast deadbolt; center distance 72 mm; with latch lever function; _____ mm backset DIN 18250 – class 5 BKS fire rated door lock 1206 according to DIN 18250 – class 5 suitable for fire rated doors; galvanized steel forend (or stainless steel), rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 2-part 9 mm self-clamping steel follower; galvanized latch made of malleable cast iron; 2-turn zinc die-cast deadbolt; center distance 72 mm; with latch lever function; _____ mm backset
28
29
Lock 2327 for fire rated doors
Lock 2327 for fire rated doors Range / Order numbers
Lock for double profile cylinder Forend Surface stainless steel
Backset In mm
Forend Form
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
32 / 65
Rounded
B 2327 0003
B 2327 0004
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH B 2327 0007
B 2327 0006
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Gold plated forend
Follower
Backset In mm
Special version Swiss round cylinder fixing hole Latch and follower monitoring Latch and deadbolt with anti-friction coating
Possible striking plates B 9000 0319 B 9000 0435 B 9000 0248
B 9000 0320 B 9000 0436
Specification text BKS mortise lock 2327 according to DIN 18250-class 3 suitable for fire rated doors; provided for 2 differently locking profile cylinders of backset 32 / 65 mm , stainless steel forend, rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case, with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 9 mm malleable cast-iron follower; one turn galvanized malleable cast-iron latch; center distance 72 mm; with latch lever function; backset 32 / 65 mm
30
31
Lock 2338 for profile cylinder
Lock 2338 for profile cylinder Range / Order numbers
Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
65
Rounded
B 2338 0007
B 2338 0008
B 2338 0001
B 2338 0002
80
Rounded
B 2338 0009
B 2338 0010
B 2338 0003
B 2338 0004
100
Rounded
B 2338 0011
B 2338 0012
B 2338 0005
B 2338 0006
stainless steel
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Gold plated forend
Followe r
Backset In mm
Special versions Swiss round cylinder fixing hole Deadbolt and follower monitoring Latch and deadbolt with anti-friction coating, unsafety latch fixing device
Possible striking plates B 9000 0319 B 9000 0435 B 9000 0248
B 9000 0320 B 9000 0436
Specification text BKS mortise lock 2338 for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 4102; with additional locking to the top, provided for the combination with spring bolt lock 1795, in combination with tube 9037 with locking spring; stainless steel forend, rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case, with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 9 mm malleable cast-iron follower; galvanized malleable cast-iron latch; 2-turn galvanized steel deadbolt; center distance 72 mm; _________ mm backset
32
33
Spring bolt lock 1795 for lock 2338 with locking to the top
Spring bolt lock 1795 for lock 2338 with locking to the top Range / Order numbers
Spring bolt lock 1795 Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
--
Rounded
Stainless steel
Forend 20 x 54 mm for rebated doors Forend 24 x 54 mm for flush doors usable DIN LH + RH usable DIN LH + RH B 1795 0007
B 1795 0005
Tube 9037 with locking spring Door height
Up to 2,250 mm
2,251 mm – 2,500 mm
2,501 mm – 2,750 mm
2,751 mm – 3,000 mm
Rod length
1,135 mm
1,385 mm
1,635 mm
1,885 mm
B 9037 0001
B 9037 0002
B 9037 0003
B 9037 0004
Item
1795
9037
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
B 9000 0567 (for 1795)
Specification text Spring bolt lock BKS spring bolt lock 1795 for fire rated doors according to DIN 4102, provided for the use with BKS mortise lock 2338, with additional locking to the top; in combination with tube 9037 with locking spring; stainless steel forend, rounded; galvanized guiding tube Tube Tube 9037 with locking spring for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 4102; provided for the use with BKS mortise lock 2338, with additional locking to the top; in combination with BKS spring bolt lock 1795; galvanized tube; _____ mm door height
34
35
Triple latch lock 6065 for fire rated doors
Triple latch lock 6065 for fire rated doors Range / Order numbers
Triple latch lock for profile cylinders Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
65
Rounded
B 6065 0203
B 6065 0204
B 6065 0161
B 6065 0162
80
Rounded
B 6065 0209
B 6065 0210
B 6065 0211
B 6065 0212
100
Rounded
B 6065 0207
B 6065 0208
B 6065 0169
B 6065 0170
stainless steel
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
Latch, deadbolt and follower monitoring Unsafety latch fixing device
Possible striking plates B 9000 0319 B 9000 0435 B 9000 0248
B 9000 0320 B 9000 0436
Specification text BKS mortise tripe latch lock 6065 for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 4102; provided for use with the additional latch locks 6138 and connecting tube 9013; stainless steel forendt, rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 9 mm malleable castiron follower; galvanized malleable cast-iron latch; 1-turn galvanized steel deadbolt; center distance 72 mm; _________ mm backset
36
37
Additional latch lock 6138 for triple latch lock 6065
Additional latch lock 6138 for triple latch lock 6065 Versions / Order numbers
Additional latch lock 6138 Forend Surface
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
Backset In mm
Front Form
65
Rounded
B 6138 0145
B 6138 0146
B 6138 0109
B 6138 0110
80
Rounded
B 6138 0147
B 6138 0148
B 6138 0125
B 6138 0126
100
Rounded
B 6138 0149
B 6138 0150
B 6138 0117
B 6138 0118
stainless steel
Connecting tube 9013 Door height Length of tube (B) Item
6138
1,972 mm
2,222 mm
2,472 mm
713 mm
963 mm
1,213 mm
B 9013 0031
B 9013 0032
B 9013 0033
9013
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
B 9000 0459 B 9000 0523
Specifictation text Additional latch lock BKS additional latch lock 6138 for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 4102; provided for use with the triple latch lock 6065 and connecting tube 9013; stainless steel forend, rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case; galvanized malleable cast-iron latch; _____ mm backset Connecting tube BKS connecting tube 9013 for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 4102; for use with triple latch lock 6065 and additional latch locks 6138; galvanized steel; _____ mm door height
38
39
Safety lock 6306 for fire rated doors
Safety lock 6306 for fire rated doors Range / Order numbers Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
Forend 20 x 280 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH
Forend 24 x 280 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH
55
Rounded
63060035
63060036
63060043
63060044
65
Rounded
63060037
63060038
63060045
63060046
80
Rounded
63060039
63060040
63060047
63060048
100
Rounded
63060041
63060042
63060049
63060050
Stainless steel
Other options (upon request) Forend Appearance
Gold plated forend
Width
Forend dimensions 20 x 235 mm Forend dimensions 24 x 235 mm
Follower
Backset In mm
Special designs
Swiss round cylinder fixing hole Deadbolt and follower monitoring Latch and deadbolt with anti-friction coating
Possible striking plates
B 9000 0319 B 9000 0435 B 9000 0248
B 9000 0320 B 9000 0436
Specification text BKS safety lock 6306 for fire rated doors suitable according to DIN 18250 – class 5; with a 6 mm thick stainless steel forend, rounded; galvanized enclosed lock case, with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; 2 part steel follower, self-clamping, 9 mm; galvanized malleable cast-iron latch; 2-turn galvanized steel deadbolt with a triple safety tumbler; center distance 72 mm; with latch levert function; ___ mm backset
40
41
Product features
Product features
Mortise locks for internal doors of class 1 – 4
The BKS locks in class 1 – 4 according to DIN 18 251 Class 1 Application: Light interior doors, such as in private living areas Technical features: – warded or bath room lock without latch lever function – warded key in various curves – bathroom lock with additional bath follower for a combination with suitable door furniture for bathroom doors – available as 55 mm backset – Possibility for through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – Key block to stop the warded key – revised enclosed lock case to automatically supply doors in standard production – various forends versions in regards to form and optics
Lock case fully enclosed, it protects the function of the lock.
Latch Holds the door in closed position.
Follower Receives the spindle of the door furniture operates the lock.
Class 2 Application: Light internal doors, such as in private living areas Technical features: – Cylinder lock with latch lever function – prepared for use of profile cylinders according to DIN 18 252 – available as 55 mm backset – Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furtniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – enclosed lock case – various forend versions in regards to form and optics – 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw
Forend As fixing element of the lock with the door. The various design scopes on surfaces and shapes must be specified in the order.
Fixing hole for door furniture Produces a solid and continuous through fixing of the door furniture. In class 4 with swarf protection steel bushes.
Class 3 Application: Contract doors and entrance apartment doors with frequent visitors in administrative and industrial buildings Technical features: – Cylinder lock with latch lever function – provided for use of profile cylinders according to DIN 18 252 – bathroom lock with additional bath follower for a combination with suitable door furniture for bathroom doors – Clamping follower with stronger anti-friction bearing to eliminate free play in the operation of the lock by the door furniture – can be supplied in backsets 55, 60, 65, 70, 80 and 90 mm – Possibilty of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplated sets – enclosed lock case – various forend versions in regards to form and optics – 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw
Sound dampening Provides the necessary silence when closing the door in case of contract mortise locks and heavy duty mortise locks.
Deadbolt Secures a closed door against unauthorized entry.
Locking method Backset Must be specified in orders.
42
Depending on the use as bath room, warded key or cylinder lock.
Class4 Application: Heavy contract doors with a great amount of visitors in administrative and industrial buildings (such as government offices), which also have to provide increased demands in regards to burglary prevention Technical features: – Cylinder lock with latch lever function – provided for use of profile cylinders according to DIN 18 252 – bathroom lock with additional bath follower for a combination with suitable door furniture for bathroom doors – Clamping follower with stronger anti-friction bearing to eliminate free play in the operation of the lock by the door fitting – can be supplied in backset 55, 60, 65, 70, 80, 90 and 100 mm – Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture such as roses, escutcheons or short backplate sets – enclosed lock case – with anti-drill hardened swarf protection steel bushes – various forend versions in regards to form and optics – 2-turn 20 mm deadbolt throw
43
Lock 0215 – class 1
Lock 0215 – class 1 Range / Order numbers
Warded lock Forend Surface steel Nickel-silver
Backset In mm 55
stainless steel
55
Forend Form square Rounded square Rounded
Forend 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 02150293 02150294 02150180 02150109 02150295 02150296 02150285 02150286
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 02150297 02150298 02150087 02150106 02150299 02150300 02150105 02150088
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 02150207 02150301 02150171 02150170 02150302 02150303 02150287 02150288
Forend Form square Rounded square Rounded
Forend 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 02150305 02150306 02150307 02150308 02150309 02150310 02150289 02150290
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 02150311 02150312 02150049 02150050 02150313 02150314 02150067 02150068
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 02150315 02150316 02150172 02150173 02150317 02150318 02150292 02150291
Bathroom lock Forend Surface steel Nickel-silver
Backset In mm 55
stainless steel
Warded lock
55
Bathroom lock
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish Brass, satin finish Brass, polished Brass, hammer painted Coloured painted
Width
20 mm for flush doors
Follower
9 mm
Backset In mm
Special version
Zinc die-cast latch + deadbolt
Possible striking plates
S 401 S 404 S 411
2808 2809 2828
Specification text Warded lock BKS internal mortise door lock 0215 in warded version according to DIN 18 251 – class 1; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel), rounded (or square); enclosed case with tapered form for an automatic access to the lock; plastic latch and deadbolt (or zinc die-cast for stainless steel front), plastic follower with 8 mm square, for warded key with 72 mm center distance, with key block to stop the key, with warded key; 55 mm backset Bathroom lock BKS bathroom mortise lock 0215 according to DIN 18251 – class 1 Nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel) with rounded (or square) form, enclosed tapered case for an automatic lock access, 55 mm backset, bathroom lock with a 78 mm distance, plastic latch and deadlock (or zinc die-cast for stainless steel front), plastic follower with 8 mm square, 8 mm zinc die-cast bathroom follower
44
45
Lock 0415 – class 2
Lock 0415 – class 2 Range / Order numbers
Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface steel Nickel-silver
Backset In mm 55
stainless steel
55
Forend Form square Rounded square Rounded
Forend 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 04150034 04150035 04150031 04150032 04150077 04150078 04150067 04150068
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 04150005 04150006 04150009 04150010 04150080 041500079 041500019 04150020
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 04150007 04150008 04150017 04150018 04150081 04150082 04150041 04150042
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Brass, satin finish Brass, polished Brass, hammer painted Coloured painted
Follower
9 mm
Backset In mm
Special versions
Latch + deadbolt of Zinc die-cast
Possible striking plates
S 401 S 404 S 411
2808 2809 2828
Specification text BKS internal mortise lock 0415 for profile cylinders according to DIN 18 251 – class 2; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel), rounded (or square); enclosed case; plastic follower with 8 mm square; 72 mm center distance; with latch lever function; zinc die-cast latch and deadbolt; 55 mm backset
46
47
Lock 0515 – class 3
Lock 0515 – class 3 Range / Order numbers Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm 55 60
steel Nickel-silver
65 80 55 60
stainless steel
65 80
Forend Form square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded
Forend 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 05150101 05150102 05150103 05150104 05150105 05150106 05150107 05150108 05150109 05150110 05150111 05150112 05150113 05150114 05150115 05150116 05150125 05150126 05150127 05150128 05150129 05150130 05150131 05150132 05150133 05150134 05150135 05150136 05150137 05150138 05150139 05150140
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 05150067 05150068 05150001 05150002 05150117 05150118 05150049 05150050 05150075 05150076 05150009 05150010 05150119 05150120 05150033 05150034 05150085 05150086 05150017 05150018 05150141 05150142 05150057 05150058 05150093 05150094 05150025 05150026 05150143 05150144 05150041 05150042
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 05150069 05150070 05150003 05150004 05150121 05150122 05150051 05150052 05150079 05150080 05150011 05150012 05150123 05150124 05150035 05150036 05150087 05150088 05150019 05150020 05150145 05150146 05150059 05150060 05150095 05150096 05150027 05150028 05150147 05150148 05150043 05150044
Forend Form square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded
Forend 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 05150149 05150150 05150151 05150152 05150153 05150154 05150155 05150156 05150157 05150158 05150159 05150160 05150161 05150162 05150163 05150164 05150173 05150174 05150175 05150176 05150177 05150178 05150179 05150180 05150181 05150182 05150183 05150184 05150185 05150186 05150187 05150188
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 05150077 05150078 05150005 05150006 05150165 05150166 05150053 05150054 05150081 05150082 05150013 05150014 05150167 05150168 05150037 05150038 05150089 05150090 05150021 05150022 05150189 05150190 05150061 05150062 05150097 05150098 05150029 05150030 05150191 05150192 05150045 05150046
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 05150071 05150072 05150007 05150008 05150169 05150170 05150055 05150056 05150083 05150084 05150015 05150016 05150171 05150172 05150039 05150040 05150091 05150092 05150023 05150024 05150193 05150194 05150063 05150064 05150099 05150100 05150031 05150032 05150195 05150196 05150047 05150048
Bathroom lock Forend Surface
Backset In mm 55 60
steel Nickel-silver
Cylinder lock
65 80
Bathroom lock
55 60 stainless steel
65 80
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish Brass, satin finish Brass, polished Brass, hammer painted Coloured painted
Width
20 mm high. Bolt 22 x 260 mm 26 x 260 mm
Follower
Backset In mm
9 mm Clamping follower
70 90
Special versions Latch lock Deadbolt lock Plastic deadlock (only 55 mm backset) Offset deadbolt
Crank latchbolt Latch fixing device Warded insert
Possible striking plates
S 401 S 404 S 407 S 411
2808 2809 2828
Specification text Cylinder lock BKS mortise contract lock 0515 for profile cylinders according to DIN 18251 – class 3; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel); rounded (or square); galvanized enclosed locked lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; zinc die-cast latch and deadbolt, reinforced steel anti-friction bearing with plastic follower (for stainless steel forend: 2 part steel clamping follower, self-clamping) with 8 mm (or 9 mm) square, with sound damping; center distance 72 mm; with latch lever function; _____ mm backset Bathroom lock BKS mortise contract lock 0515 for bathroom doors; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel); rounded (or square); galvanized enclosed locked lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; zinc die-cast latch and deadbolt, reinforced steel anti-friction bearing with plastic follower (for stainless steel forend: 2 part steel clamping follower, self-clamping) with 8 mm (or 9 mm) square with sound damping; bathroom deadbolt with 78 mm distance, zinc die-cast bathroom follower with 8 mm square; _____ mm backset
48
49
Lock 0615 – class 4
Lock 0615 – class 4 Range / Order numbers Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm 55 60
stainless steel
65 80 100
Forend Form square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded
Forend 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 06150097 06150098 06150088 06150087 06150099 06150100 06150090 06150089 06150101 06150102 06150091 06150092 06150104 06150103 06150093 06150094 06150105 06150106 06150095 06150096
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 06150047 06150048 06150001 06150002 06150050 06150049 06150009 06150010 06150051 06150052 06150017 06150018 06150053 06150054 06150025 06150026 06150055 06150056 06150039 06150040
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 06150057 06150058 06150003 06150004 06150059 06150060 06150011 06150012 06150061 06150062 06150019 06150020 06150064 06150063 06150027 06150028 06150065 06150066 06150042 06150041
Forend Form square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded square Rounded
Forend 18 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 06150118 06150117 06150108 06150107 06150119 06150120 06150110 06150109 06150122 06150121 06150111 06150112 06150123 06150124 06150113 06150114 06150126 06150125 06150116 06150115
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 06150068 06150067 06150005 06150006 06150069 06150070 06150013 06150014 06150072 06150071 06150022 06150021 06150073 06150074 06150030 06150029 06150076 06150075 06150043 06150044
Forend 24 mm for flush doors DIN LH DIN RH 06150078 06150077 06150008 06150007 06150079 06150080 06150016 06150015 06150082 06150081 06150023 06150024 06150083 06150084 06150031 06150032 06150086 06150085 06150046 06150045
Bathroom lock Forend Surface
Backset In mm 55 60 65
stainless steel
80 100
Cylinder lock
Bathroom lock Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Brass, satin Brass, polished
Width
22 x 260 mm 26 x 260 mm
Follower
9 mm Clamping follower 10 mm (only for wetroom execution)
Backset In mm
70 90
Special versions Latch lock Deadbolt lock Plastic deadlock (only 55 mm backset) Latch + deadbolt with Anti-friction coating Front bevel 3mm
Crank latchbolt Latch fixing device Warded insert Wetroom execution offset Deadbolt
Possible striking plates
S 350 S 500 S 204 S 241
Specification text Cylinder lock BKS heavy duty contract mortise lock 0615 for profile cylinder according to DIN 18251 – class 4; stainless steel forend; rounded (or square); galvanized enclosed lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; malleable cast iron latch with maintenance-free guide slide bearing and sound damping (graphite or oil hole not required in the forend); steel deadbolt with tumbler, 2 part steel clamping follower, self-clamping with 8 mm (or 9 mm) square, reinforced steel friction bearing; with anti-drill hardened swarf protecting bushes made of steel; 72 mm center distance; with latch lever function; ____ mm backset Bathroom lock BKS heavy duty contract mortise lock 0615 for bathroom doors; stainless steel forend; rounded (or square); galvanized enclosed lock case with assembly friendly guide of the cylinder fixing screw; malleable cast iron latch with maintenance-free guide slide bearing and sound damping (graphite or oil hole not required in the forend); steel deadbolt; 2 part steel clamping follower, self-clamping with 8 mm (or 9 mm) square, reinforced steel friction bearing; with anti-drill hardened swarf protecting steel bushes; bathroom locking with a distance of 78 mm, bathroom follower of zinc die-cast with an 8 mm square; ____ mm backset
50
51
Product features
Product features
Sliding door locks for internal doors
Special locks for internal doors Roller latch locks 0055 + 1058 Application: Swing doors Technical features: – Profile cylinder lock – roller latch adjustable from the front, adjusting range of 4 - 12 mm – available in backset of 55 mm – galvanized lock case fully enclosed – Brass roller latch – Zinc die-cast deadbolt, 2 turns with a 20 mm deadbolt projection – various forend versions in regards to form and optics – also available as swing door – latch lock
Lock case As stable galvanized design, it protects the function of the lock with a small behind backset
Pivot hook bolt provides a secure closure of the door.
Sliding door locks 0353 + 0393 Application: Sliding doors in the living area
Follower
Technical features: – Profile cylinder lock – available in backset of 55 mm – galvanized lock case fully enclosed – with a chrome plated hook bolt – Spring handle with release button – various forend versions in regards to form and optics – may also be combined for 2-leaf sliding elements with counter-case G353 – available without spring handle, only with hook bolt as 0393
Receives the of the door furniture and operates the lock.
Guiding pin Finds the correct position when closing the door
Sliding door lock 0375 Locking method For profile cylinders
Application: Sliding doors in the living area Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 60 mm distance – available in backset of 55 mm – Possibility of through fixing of conventional door furniture – galvanized lock case fully enclosed – Steel hook latch, usable DIN LH and RH
Forend As fixing element of the lock with the door. The various spezial versions for surfacesAnd forms must be specified when ordering.
Backset In orders Must be specified
Sliding door lock 0381 + 038 HF Application: Sliding doors Technical features: – profile cylinder lock with latch lever function, 72 mm distance – can be supplied in backsets 55, 65, 70 and 80 mm – galvanized lock case fully enclosed – Steel hook latch, usable DIN LH and RH – optional with guiding pin as 0381HF to position the door when closing
52
53
Deabolt lock 0010
Deadbolt lock 0010 Range / Order numbers
Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
Forend 18 mm for rebated doors usable DIN LH + RH
Forend 20 mm for rebated doors usablbe DN LH + RH
Front, 24 mm for rebated doors usable DIN LH + RH
55
square
00101001
00100110
00100105
steel Nickel-silver
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
stainless steel
Follower
Backset In mm 65 80
Special versions
Rounded Forend
Possible striking plates
S 412
Specification text BKS mortise deadbolt lock 0010 for profile cylinders; forend nickel silver painted (or stainless steel), square (or rounded); completely galvanized enclosed lock case; 2-turn zinc die-cast deadbolt, 20 mm projecting; ____ mm backset
54
55
Latch lock 0216
Latch lock 0216 Range / Order numbers
Latch lock Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
55
square
steel Nickel-silver
20 mm forend for rebated doors DIN LH DIN RH 02161001
02161002
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
stainless steel
24 mm
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
60 65
Rounded forend
Possible striking plates
S 400 S 403
Specification text BKS mortise latch lock 0216; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square (or rounded); completely galvanized enclosed lock case; plastic follower with 8 mm square; zinc die-cast latch; ___ mm backset
56
57
Swing door lock 0055
Swing door lock 0055 Range / Order numbers
Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Forend 20 mm
Backset In mm
Forend Form
DIN LH
DIN RH
Forend 24 mm usable DIN LH + RH
55
square
00551001
00551002
00550082
steel Nickel-silver
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
stainless steel
Follower
Backset In mm 60 65
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S 440
Specification text BKS mortise door lock 0055 for profile cylinders; brass roller latch (for stainless steel forend: Roller latch also nickel plated), adjustable from the front; forend nickel silver painted (or stainless steel), square; completely galvanized lock case; 2-turn zinc die-cast deadbolt, 20 mm projecting; ____ mm backset
58
59
Swing door latch lock 1058
Swing door latch lock 1058 Range / Order numbers
Swing door lock Forend Surface
Backset In mm
steel Nickel-silver
Forend Form square Rounded
Forend 24 mm usable DIN LH + RH
10580001 10580002
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Stainless steel
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S 441
Specification text BKS mortise swing door lock 1058; brass roller latch (for stainless steel forend: Roller latch also nickel plated), adjustable from the front; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square; completely galvanized enclosed lock case
60
61
Sliding door lock 0353 +G353
Sliding door lock 0353 +G353 Range / Order numbers
Sliding door lock 0353 Forend Surface
Backset In mm
steel Nickel-silver
55
Forend Form square Rounded
Forend 20 mm 03531001 03530052
Counter-case G353 for sliding door lock 0353 Forend Surface
Backset In mm
steel Nickel-silver
Sliding door lock 0353
55
Forend Form square Rounded
Forend 20 mm G3531001 G3530017
Counter-case G353
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
stainless steel Brass, satin finish
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
60 65
Rounded forend
Possible striking plates
S 413
Specification text Sliding door lock 0353 BKS mortise sliding door lock 0353; spring handle with release button; with hook bolt, chrome plated; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel or brass, satin finish), square; completely galvanized enclosed lock case; ___ mm backset Counter-case G353 BKS mortise counter-lock case G353 for sliding door lock 0353; spring handle with release button; recess for hook bolt; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel or brass, satin finish), square; completely galvanized enclosed lock case;
62
63
Sliding door lock 0371 + 0372
Sliding door lock 0371 + 0372 Range / Order numbers
Sliding door lock 0371 for profile cylinders Forend Surface
Backset In mm
steel Nickel-silver
55
Forend Form square Rounded
Forend 20 mm 03710039 03710040
Sliding door lock 0371 for warded version with solid key Forend Surface
Backset In mm
steel Nickel-silver
55
Forend Form square Rounded
Forend 20 mm 03710123 03710089
Sliding door lock 0372 for warded version with warded key in folding key ring version Forend Surface
Backset In mm
steel Nickel-silver
Profile cylinder
55
Forend Form square Rounded
Forend 20 mm 03720019 03720006
Warded version
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Stainless steel
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
60 65
Rounded forend 0371 in bathroom design
Possible striking plates plates
S 413
Specification text Sliding door lock 0375 BKS mortise sliding door lock 0371 for profile cylinders (or warded keys); with hook bolt, chrome plated; nickel silver painted forend, square (or rounded); completely galvanized enclosed lock case; (warded version with solid key); ___mm backset Sliding door lock 0375 BKS mortise sliding door lock 0372 with folding key ring key; with curved bolt, chrome plated; nickel silver coated front, square (or rounded); completely galvanized enclosed case; with warded key in folding key ring version; ___ mm backset
64
65
Sliding door lock 0375
Sliding door lock 0375 Range / Order numbers
Lock for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm
steel Nickel-silver
55
Forend Form square Rounded
Forend 20 mm 03750014 03750069
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
Stainless steel
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
60 65
Rounded forend 0375 in bathroom design
Possible striking plates
S 413
Specification text BKS mortise sliding door lock 0375 for profile cylinders; with steel hook latch; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel), square (or rounded); completely galvanized enclosed lock case; 2-part zinc die-cast follower with 8 mm square; with latch lever; 55 mm backset
66
67
Sliding door lock 0381H + 0381HF with guiding pin
Sliding door lock 0381H + 0381HF with guiding pin Range / Order numbers
Lock 0381H for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
Forend 24 mm usable DIN LH + RH
55
square
03810007
65
square
03810008
70
square
03810017
80
square
03810010
galvanized
Lock 0381HF for profile cylinder Forend Surface
Backset In mm
Forend Form
65 galvanized
03810009 square
70
0381H
Forend 24 mm usable DIN LH + RH
03810016
0381HF
Other options (upon request) Forend Finish
Width
stainless steel
Follower
Backset In mm 55 65 80 90
Special versions
Possible striking plates
S 448
Specification text Sliding door lock 038H BKS mortise sliding door lock 0381 for steel doors; with steel hook latch, galvanized; galvanized forend (or stainless steel), square; completely galvanized enclosed lock case; measurements according to DIN 18 251; zinc die-cast steel sash follower half shells, 9 mm square; with latch lever; provided for profile cylinders, 72 mm center distance; ____ mm backset Sliding door lock 0381HF with guiding pin BKS mortise sliding door lock 0381HF for steel doors; with steel hook latch, galvanized; with guiding pin; galvanized forend (or stainless steel), square; completely galvanized enclosed lock case; measurements according to DIN 18 251; zinc die-cast steel sash follower half shells, 9 mm square; with latch lever; provided for profile cylinders, 72 mm center distance; ____ mm backset
68
69
Sliding door lock with spring-loaded handle 0393
Sliding door lock with spring-loaded handle 0393 Range / Order numbers
Lock Forend Surface
Backset In mm
steel Nickel-silver
Forend Form square Rounded
Forend 20 mm usable DIN LH + RH 03930023 03930017
Other options (upon request) Front Finish
Width
Follower
Backset In mm
Special versions
Possible striking plates
Stainless steel Brass, satin finish
Specification text BKS mortise sliding door lock 0393; spring-loaded handle with release button; nickel silver painted forend (or stainless steel or brass, satin finish), square; completely galvanized enclosed lock case;
70
71
Product advice
Product advice
Door handling
Crank latchbolt + special anti-friction coating The crank latchbolt is a two-part latch whose middle part hits the strike plate or the steel door frame. This part pushes the latch into the lock forend by a lever actionn. Thus the closing of the door Is damped and quietened. As an alternative, we also offer a special anti-friction coating for the standard latch, which also provides noise reduction. The special BKS anti-friction coating has characteristics that no other coating method has: Chemical resistance Low friction coefficient Water and oil repellent Heat and cold resistant The low friction coefficient is of great significance for an easy and therefore quiet closure of doors, especially also for doors with gasket.
Inside
Inside
Outside
Outside
Left outside – DIN left Lever showing to the left
Left inside = DIN right Lever showing to the left
Inside
Inside
Outside
Outside
Right inside = DIN left Lever showing to the right
Right outside = DIN right Lever showing to the right
Swiss round cylinder Locks which are intended for Swiss round cylinders (such as KABA, KESO) require the following attention: The distance from the middle of the follower is 2 mm longer than the comparable dimension of profile cylinders. Example: PZ 72 mm = CH-RZ 74 mm Swiss Round cylinder
Locks with a sloping forends are required if the leading edge of the door is bevelled. The forend slope is expressed according to a door thickness of 45 mm and is specified by the number of mm the slope deviates from a right angle. Since doors currently may have various door thicknesses, it is recommended that the angle is measured with a purpose made protractor and given on the order. The standard bevel in locks for internal doors is 3 mm, and 5 mm in locks for entrance doors.
Center
Center PZ
Front bevels
Attention! Inward opening ebeveled locks actually receive a shorter backset and outward opening beveled locks a larger backset.
Warded insert Description
Features
Warded insert made Single differ of metal Keyed alike
Order Number B 9080 0002 B 9080 0003
Latch fixing device In order to disable the latch of a mortise lock during daily operation, a latch fixing device may be installed in locks of class 3 + 4 upon request. A mortise lock with a withdrawn and fixed latch enables an unchecked door access. After releasing the fixing device, the latch may then again be operated via the latch lever by using the lever Key hole profile 0 Key hole profile 1
Key hole profile 2
Key hole profile 3
Key hole profile 6 Key hole profile 7
Note: The specification text must be added accordingly “...with latch fixing device”.
72
73
Product features
Striking plates
Strike plates for rebated doors
Strike plate B 9000 for B 2154
Angular strike plates are used in conventional rebated doors in Germany. The angle assures that the latch of the lock does not damage the door frame and lock arbitrarily when closing the door.
BKS lipped strike plate 9000 for automatic locking locks 2154; suitable for normal application, square ends
This is supported by the use of locks with a special anti-friction coating on the latch or on the crank latchbolts.
Range / Order numbers Finish stainless steel
Order Number DIN LH DIN RH
B 9000 0195 B 9000 0196
Strike plates for flush doors Lipped strike plates are used in the flush doors common in Europe and Germany. The lip assures that the latch of the lock does not damage the surface of the door frame and close arbitrarily when closing the door. Suitable for locks: B 2154
This is supported by the use of locks with a special anti-friction coating on the latch or on the crank latchbolts.
Safety strike plates for entrance doors Frames must be stable and connected to the masonry. Strike plates that are extended or anchored in masonry S350 or S500 may impede opening the door in the lock area essentially. A masonry anchor provides increased safety.
Strike plate B 9000 for B 2154 BKS angular strike plate 9000 for automatic locking locks 2154; suitable for normal application, square (rounded) ends
The possibility also exists to achieve greater safety with strike plate S204 in the area of entrance apartment doors. A stable receiving plate provides a solid connection with the frame. Range / Order numbers Finish stainless steel
DIN LH DIN RH
Order Number square Rounded B 9000 0203 B 9000 0205 B 9000 0204 B 9000 0206
Strike plates for internal doors A wide variety of strike plates is used in conventional internal doors in Germany. So-called “U� shaped strike plates are frequently used by the door manufacturers. These are identified by an appropriately formed strike plate which is generally created on the same surface as the appropriated mortise locks. The plastic furring provide an attractive appearance of the frames on the frequently open doors.
Suitable for locks: B 2154
The strike plates are generally assembled from the inside of the frame and resists normal application.
74
75
Striking plates
Striking plates
Strike plate B 9000 for locks 1206/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306
Strike plate B 9000 for 1206/2114/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306
BKS strike plate 9000, straight, for locks 1206/2114/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306; Suitable for normal application; Rounded form
BKS angled strike plate 9000, for locks 1206/2114/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306; usable DIN Left + Right; suitable for normal application
Range / Order numbers
Range / Order numbers
Finish Stainless steel
DIN LH DIN RH
Order Number square Rounded
Finish
Order Number B 9000 0319 B 9000 0320
Stainless steel
DIN LH DIN RH
B 9000 0247
B 9000 0248
Suitable for locks: 1206 2327 2114 2338 2124 6065 2174 6306
Suitable for locks: 1206 2327 2114 2338 2124 6065 2174 6306
Strike plate B 9000 for 1206/2114/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306
Strike plate B 9000 for spring bolt lock 1795 BKS lipped strike plate 9000, for locks 1206/2114/2124/2174/2327/2338/6065/6306; Short design; suitable for normal application; rounded ends
BKS lipped strike plate 9000, for latch 1795; suitable for normal application; rounded ends
Range / Order numbers
Range / Order numbers
Finish stainless steel
Order Number DIN LH DIN RH
B 9000 0435 B 9000 0436
Finish Stainless steel
Order Number DIN LH DIN RH
B 9000 0567
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions Long design (235 mm) Various lip lengths Square forend
Suitable for locks: 1206 2327 2114 2338 2124 6065 2174 6306
76
Suitable for locks: 1795
77
Striking plates
Striking plates
Strike plate B 9000 for B 6138
Striking plate S204
BKS safety angled Striking plate S204 for entrance apartment doors; with furring for a 20 mm deadbolt projection; suitable for heavy application; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
BKS lipped strike plate 9000, for additional latch lock 6138; suitable for normal application; rounded ends
Range / Order numbers Range / Order numbers Order Number
Finish
Finish Stainless steel
DIN LH DIN RH
B 9000 0523
Iron Satin nickel-plated
Crank dimension
Order Number
0
S2040008
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Brass, polished Brass, satin finish Suitable for locks: 6138
Suitable for locks: 0515 6206 0615 6306 6031 6043
Striking plate S241
Strike plate B 9000 for additional latch lock 6138 BKS angled strike plate 9000, for additional latch lock 6138; suitable for normal application; rounded ends
BKS safety angled striking plate S241 for entrance apartment doors; with furring for a 20 mm deadbolt projection; suitable for heavy application; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers
Range / Order numbers
Finish Stainless steel
Order Number DIN LH DIN RH
B 9000 0459
Finish Iron
Crank dimension
Order Number
0
S2410004
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Gold-plated iron
Suitable for locks: 6138
78
Suitable for locks: 0515 6206 0615 6306 6031 6043
79
Striking plates
Striking plates
Striking plate S350
Striking plate 2808
BKS safety angled striking plate S350 for apartment entrance doors; 350 mm long; side length of 20 x 20 mm; square ends, suitable for heavy application; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
BKS SECUR striking plate 2808 for internal door locks according to DIN 18251; with plastic furring for single turn locks; with attaching lip; suitable for medium application; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Range / Order numbers Finish
Order Number Finish
Brass, satin finish Nickel-plated
S3500005
yellow chromatized
S3500002
Order Number
steel Nickel-silver
S2800049
stainless steel
S2800015
Other options (upon request) Other options (upon request) Finish
Special version Finish
Brass, polished Brass, satin finish
Special versions Furring for 2-turn locks
Brass, polished Brass, satin finish
Suitable for locks: 0615 1206 6043 6206 6306
Suitable for locks: 0215 0415
Strike plate S500
Striking plate 2809 BKS safety angled strike plate S500 for apartment entrance doors; 500 mm long; side length of 20 x 20 mm; square ends, suitable for heavy application; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
BKS angled striking plate 2809 for internal door locks according to DIN 18251; 20 mm wide + 9 mm thick; with plastic furring for single turn locks; with attaching lip; suitable for medium application; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Range / Order numbers Finish
Order Number Finish
Brass, satin finish Nickel-plated
S5000003
yellow chromatized
S5000002
Order Number
steel Nickel-silver
S2800048
stainless steel
S2800016
Other options (upon request) Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions Finish
Brass, polished Brass, satin finish Suitable for locks: 0615 1206 6043 6206 6306
80
Brass, polished Brass, satifn finish
Special versions S2800013 S2800014
Suitable for locks: 0215 0415
81
Striking plates
Striking plates
Striking plate S400
Striking plate S403
BKS angled striking plate S400 for BKS latch lock 0216; suitable for light application; square ends; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
BKS lipped strike plate S403 for BKS latch lock 0216; suitable for light application; rounded ends; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers
Range / Order numbers
Finish
Finish
Order Number
steel Nickel-silver
S4000013
stainless steel
S4000008
steel Nickel-silver
Order Number Rounded square
S4030007 S4030001
Other options (upon request) Finish
Special versions
Brass, polished Brass, satin finish Suitable for locks: 0216
Striking plate S401
Suitable for locks: 0216
BKS angled striking plate S401 for internal door lock relative to DIN 18251; suitable for light application; rounded ends (10 mm radius); for internal doors and square ends for external doors; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers internal doors
Striking plate S404
BKS lipped strike plate S404 for internal doors with rounded ends and for external doors with square ends according to DIN 18251; suitable for light application
Range / Order numbers internal doors Finish
Finish
Order Number
Order Number
steel Nickel-silver
S4010088
steel Nickel-silver
stainless steel
S4010012
stainless steel
Range / Order numbers external doors
DIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH
Range / Order numbers entrance doors Finish
Finish
Order Number
Order Number
steel Nickel-silver
S4010091
steel Nickel-silver
stainless steel
S4010050
stainless steel
Other options (upon request)
DIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH
Special versions
Special version
Brass, polished Brass, satin finish Suitable for locks: 0215, 0515, 6031, 0415, 0024, 0672
82
S4040104 S4040105 S4040011 S4040012
Other options (upon request) Finish
Finish
S4040019 S4040020 S4040015 S4040016
Brass, polished Brass, satin finish Suitable for locks: 0215 0515 0415 0024
6031 0672
83
Striking plates
Striking plates
Striking plate S407 for offset deadbolts
Striking plate S412
BKS angled striking plate S407 for internal door locks with offset deadbolts; suitable for light application, rounded ends (6 mm radius)
BKS striking plate S412 for BKS latch lock 0010; suitable for light application; square ends; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers
Range / Order numbers
Finish steel Nickel-silver stainless steel
Finish
Order Number S4070057 S4070058 S4070009 S4070010
DIN LH DIN RH DIN LH DIN RH
steel Nickel-silver
S4120024
Stainless steel
S4120013
Other options (upon request)
Other options (upon request) Finish
Order Number
Finish
Special versions
Special versions Rounded forend
Brass, polished Brass, sating finish Suitable for locks: 0010
Suitable for locks: 0515 6031
Striking plate S411
Striking plate S413 BKS angled striking plate S411 for internal door locks according to DIN 18251; with plastic furring for one turn locks; suitable for light application; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
BKS striking plate S413 for BKS sliding door locks 0371/0372/0353/0375; suitable for light application; rounded ends usable DIN LH + RH
Range/Order numbers for 0371/0372/0353 Range / Order numbers Finish
Order Number
steel Nickel-silver
S4110104
steel Nickel-silver
stainless steel
S4110014
stainless steel
Other options (upon request) Finish Brass, polished Brass, satin finish Suitable for locks: 0215 0515 0415 6031
84
Finish
Special versions Furring for 2-turn locks
Order Number square Rounded square Rounded
S4130023 S4130026 S4130004 S4130008
Range/Order numbers for 0375 Finish steel Nickel-silver Stainless steel
Order Number square Rounded square Rounded
S4130039 S4130036 S4130012 S4130016
Suitable for locks: 0371 0353 0372 0375
85
Striking plates
Strking plates
Striking plate S440
Striking plate S448
BKS strike plate S440 for BKS swing door locks 0055; suitable for light application; square ends; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
BKS strike plate S448 for BKS sliding door locks 0381; suitable for medium application wear; square ends; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers
Range/Order numbers for 0381H
Finish
Finish
Order Number
Order Number
steel Nickel-silver
S4400012
galvanized
S4480003
stainless steel
S4400004
stainless steel
S4480002
Range/Order numbers for 0381HF Finish
Suitable for locks: 0055
Order Number
galvanized
S4480004
stainless steel
S4480009
Suitable for locks: 0381H 0381HF
Striking plate S441
Striking plate 2828 BKS strike plate S441 for BKS swing door locks 1058; suitable for light application; square ends; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
BKS “U� shaped strike plate 2828 for internal door locks according to DIN 18251; 28 mm wide + 8 mm thick; with plastic furring for single turn locks; with attaching clamp; suitable for medium application; suitable for DIN LH + DIN RH
Range / Order numbers Versions / Order numbers Finish steel Nickel-silver
Order Number S4410011
Other options (upon request) Finish stainless steel
Finish steel Nickel-silver
S2820069
stainless steel
S2820061
Special versions
Other options (upon request) Finish
Suitable for locks: 1058
Order Number
Special versions Furring for 2-turn locks
Brass, satin finish Brass, polished Suitable for locks: 0215 0415
86
87
Product information for locks The following information regarding locks must be observed in accordance with the manufacturer's liabilities of his products defined in the product liabilities statute. Noncompliance releases us from any liabilities. 1. Product information and use as directed A lock generally has the function to lock and block a door. Simple lock designs serve only to lock the door. This designates that a door is kept closed so that it cannot be opened by pulling or pushing, but may be opened by a simple method, such as by moving the lever. The lock latch – generally only called latch – serves as lock. Securing the closed door by at least one projecting door latch or by blocking of a deadbolt, which meshes into the appropriate recess of the jamb and or the locking plate, is called blocking. The deadbolt must be blocked against pushing back in its projected position. In addition, the door must be effectively difficult to open without the proper key. The door may only be blocked in a previously closed condition. Cylinder attachment screws must be coordinated or adjusted to the backset length. A mortice lock is a lock which is inserted into a recess in the door leaf (lock pocket) and screwed on. The following must be observed to assure proper use: - Locks, locking plates, door fittings, attaching devices and locking cylinders must be matched.
Product information for locks 2. Incorrect use An incorrect use – meaning a product use not as directed– of locks, for example, is, when - The flawless use is prevented by inserting foreign objects into the lock or into the locking plate. - When interfering or assaulting the lock or locking plate, which results in a change of the structure, the effectiveness or the function. - The lock bolt is prelocked to keep the door open. - The closing elements are assembled to be blocked in their function or are subsequently treated (for example, painted). - If a load is attached to the lever connection which exceeds the normal force applied by hand. - If unsuitable, such as dimensionally deviating or incorrect keys are being used. - If an expansion or reduction of the required door gap develops when readjusting the hinges or when lowering the door. - If a non-approved double wing door is opened past the inactive wing. - When gripping between the door leaf and the jamb when closing the doors. - when simultaneously activting the lever and the key.
The current “state of technology” must be applied for a proper installation, the maintenance and possibly a replacement. This is documented in the standards of these products and in instructions or manufacturer's catalogues.
Locks for anti-panic doors or special locks generally do not require an immediate use of keys when activating the door fitting (such as the door lever). Locks for anti-panic doors or special locks may only be combined with locking cylinders with a so-called turning handles (such as knob cylinders) if this is contractually approved by the lock's manufacturer. It is commonly suggested that only the owners of the keys have the right to activate the lock, meaning that the activation of a lock through a knob cylinder (or without a key) is not considered to be as a normal case. Simultaneously pulling back the latch and the prelocked deadbolt only by activating the door lever is a special case and may not replace the “normal” key rotation to pull back the deadbolt. Locking cylinder may only be unconditionally installed in locks when they are subject to a dimension standard (DIN 18252) and if such locks are clearly prepared for locking cylinders under this standard. In all other cases, the manufacturer, dealer, fabricator or consumer of such locks must obtain the certainty that the locking cylinders he selected are suitable for their intended use. The necessary legal regulations and manufacturer's instructions must be observed. For example, no locking cylinders with a button, knob, or a similar handle may be installed in anti-panic locks. General terms, provided these are not explained in catalogue pages, broschures, price lists or on the internet are explained in the standards relevant for these products (such as DIN 18250, DIN 18251, DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN 18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN 1125, DIN EN 1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209). Deviations from the particular relevant standard must be specified in the order.
88
The following references must be noted when using BKS locks and fittings.
3. Product performance If the product performance is not explicitly defined in our catalogues, broschures, price lists, performance specifications, etc., the requirements must be coordinated with us. The relevant standards serve as guidelines (for example, DIN 18250, DIN 18251, DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN 18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN 1125, DIN EN 1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209). Basic requirements and additional requirements are defined in these standards.
-
1. The door leaf should not be drilled in the area of the lock installed.
2. The spindle should not be knocked through the follower using a hammer. Carefully push a 2-part follower00 by using a softface mallet.
3. The door leaf should not be carried using the handles.
4. The distance between forend and striker should be between 2 and 5 mm.
5. The latch bolt and dead bolt should not be painted over.
The serviceability of locks also depends of the operating frequency, operating method, environmental effects and maintenance. Lock, strike plate, door fittings, locking cylinders and keys must be replaced as soon as problems occur despite proper maintenance. This also applies to attempts to forcefully overcome locks and their accessories (burglary attempts). 4. Product maintenance Locks must be lubricated with suitable lubricants at least once per year – more frequently after wear. Door fitting, strike plate and locking cylinder must be checked for their proper condition and their installation. Only cleaning material that do not contain any corrosion-promoting ingredients may be used. 5. Information and instruction duties The following documents and services are available to specialty dealers, locksmiths, architects, planners, fabricators and users upon request, in order to comply with the informational and instructional duties of the product liability statutes: - Catalogues, broschures - Advertising copies, quotation documents, keying plans - The relevant standards serve as guidelines, for example, DIN 18250, DIN 18251, DIN 18252, DIN 18255, DIN 18257, DIN 18273, DIN EN 179, DIN EN 1125, DIN EN 1303, DIN EN 1906, DIN EN 12209 (Exclusive selling rights of the Beuth Verlag GmbH, Berlin 30). - Instructions for installation, operation and maintenance For the selection of locks and the installation, operation and maintenance, - architects and planners should consider to request and observe all required product information from us. - Specialty dealers must consider to observe product information and reference in the price lists and specifically request all necessary instructions from us and to forward these to the fabricators. - Fabricators must consider to observe all product information and specifically request operating and maintenance instructions from us and to forward these to contractors and consumers.
2 to 5 mm
89
Product information for locks
Product information for locks
6. The handle should not be operated in the wrong direction. In use a maximum load of 150 N on the handle should not be exceeded.
7. The lock should not be operated with any foreign objects.
12. Panic doors should only be used in case of emergency (no frequent use).
13. Double leaf doors should not be forced open using the inactive leaf.
8. The deadbolt should not be extended while the door is open.
9. The handle and the key should not be operated simultaneously.
14. As soon as there are visible signs of physical attack (e.g. bent bolts), the lock must be replaced.
15. Locks are the be lubricated at least once a year (non-resinogenic oil).
year
10. Anti-panic locks should not be left with a key in them.
11. Anti-panic locks should not be fitted with locking cylinders with thumb turn or turn knob.
Exclusion of liability The BKS products are permanently adapted to growing market's requirements and developed further. We also reserve for changes serving the technological progress. This necessity is based on: – technical development – change and adaptation in product range – adaptation to changed laws and technical standards. We have arranged the content of our documents with the greatest possible care. We therefore ask for your understanding that we take no responsibility for possible mistakes with regard to presentation and description of the products. Many thanks for your understanding.
90
91
Relevant standards
Quality
The most diverse standards and specifications exist for doors and related products. The most important are listed in the following:
A complete Quality Assurance System in correspondence with DIN EN ISO 9001 guarantees consistently high quality of all processes at BKS.
DIN 107 Description left and right in the construction industry DIN 1080, part 1 Terms, symbols and units in civil engineering, basics DIN 4102, part 5 + 18 Part 5: Fire performance of building materials and components; fire barriers, barriers in elevator shaft walls and fire-resistant glazing Part 18: Fire performance of building material and components; fire barriers; proof of “self-locking” properties (continuous operation test) DIN 18 055 Windows; joint impermeability, water penetration resistance and mechanical stress; specifications and tests DIN 18,082, part 1 +3 Part 1: Fire barriers, steel doors T30-1, model A Part 3: Fire barriers, steel doors T30-1, model B DIN 18 095, part 1 +2 Part 1: Doors; smoke protection doors; terms and specifications Part 2: Doors; smoke protection doors; design test of the long-term operational reliability and weathertightness
DIN 18 357 Official Contracting Terms for the Award of Construction Performance Contracts Part C: General technical contract requirements for construction services (General Pricing Regulations) Fitting operations DIN 18 361 Official Contracting Terms for the Award of Construction Performance Contracts Part C: General technical contract requirements for construction services, glazing operations
DIN EN 1154 Door closing device with controlled closing process
DIN V ENV 1627 Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – specifications and classification
DIN 18,111, part 1 Door jambs, steel jambs, standard jambs for rebated doors
DIN V ENV 1628 Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures to calculate the resistance under static stress
DIN 18 255 Building hardware; door handles, doorplates and door rosettes – terms, dimensions, specifications DIN 18 257 Building hardware; protective coatings – terms, dimensions, specifications, tests and identifications
This is documented by the appropriate tests and registrations, relative to the standards and specifications. These certificates may be requested, if desired.
DIN EN 1125 Anti-panic door locks with horizontal control bar
DIN 18 101 Doors, doors for apartment construction; door leaf sizes, hinge seating and lock seating; interrelationship between dimensions
DIN 18 252 Locking cylinders for door locks; terms, descriptions
The high performance level in regards to quality, dependability and long life can only be assured when coordinated products are used. The program variety of the G. U-BKS group makes it possible to use this advantage.
DIN EN 179 Emergency exit locks with handle or joint plate
DIN EN 1303 Building hardware – locking cylinders for locks – specifications and testing procedures
DIN 18 251 Locks; mortice locks for doors
The extensive product range of the G.U-BKS group is designed for heavy-duty use and coordinated.
DIN 68 706 part 1 Interior doors of wood and wood materials, barrier door leaves, terms, prefered dimensions, structural features
DIN 18 100 Doors; wall openings for doors; Dimensions compliant with DIN 4173
DIN 18 250 Mortice locks for fire barriers
This Quality Assurance standard applies the highest demands at the European level and is not relative to production, but also to other business sectors such as research, order processing or customer service. This standard applies to all manufacturing sections at BKS (locking cylinders, door locks, fittings, electronics and door closers).
DIN V ENV 1629 Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures to calculate the resistance under dynamic stress DIN V ENV 1630 Windows, doors, fittings – burglary prevention – testing procedures to calculate the resistance to counter manual burglary attempts DIN EN 1634 Part 1 + 3 Fire resistance tests for door and connecting devices Part 1: Fire barriers Part 3: Smoke protection barriers DIN EN 1906 Building hardware, door handles, and door knobs – specifications and testing procedures
DIN 18 273 Building hardware; door handle sets for fire barriers and smoke protection doors – terms, dimensions, specifications and tests
92
93
General Terms and Conditions
General terms and conditions 7.
General Sales, Delivery and Payment Terms and Conditions 1.
General / Scope of Application
1.1
Our Sales Terms and Conditions are exclusively applicable; we do not recognise contrary terms and conditions by the Purchaser or terms and conditions deviating from our Sales Terms and Conditions unless they have been explicitly approved by us in writing. Our Sales Terms and Conditions shall be applicable even if we carry out delivery to the Purchaser without reservation and with the knowledge of contrary terms and conditions or terms and conditions deviating from our Sales Terms and Conditions. All agreements made between us and the Purchaser in view of performance of the present contract have been stipulated in writing in the present contract. Our Sales Terms and Conditions are only valid vis-à-vis a contractor within the meaning of § 14 BGB [German Civil Code]. Our Sales Terms and Conditions shall also be valid for subsequent orders. For current and future business relations the Sales Terms and Conditions shall be valid as framework terms and conditions even if not explicitly agreed upon in future. In addition to our General Terms and Conditions our "Installation Guidelines", "Installation Instructions" and “Product Informations” shall be valid.
1.2 1.3 1.4
1.5
2.
Offer / Offer Documentation
2.1
Our offer is subject to alterations unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation. After a purchase order has been placed by the customer, a contract is entered into by our written order confirmation. The contents of the contract shall be governed by our written order confirmation. Warranty of a quality or acceptance of an independent guarantee on contract conclusion moreover must be explicitly identified in writing accordingly. Subsequent modifications of the contract contents must also be made in writing. We reserve property rights and copyrights in illustrations, drawings, calculations and other documents; they must not be made available to third parties. This is especially applicable to such written documents identified as being "confidential". Prior to their transmittal to third parties the Purchaser requires our explicit written approval.
2.2 2.3 2.4
3.
Prices / Payment Terms and Conditions
3.1
Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, our prices are to be understood "ex works" excluding packing and transport charges, insurance and other contingencies; these shall be invoiced separately. For pieces or parts which we produce on a special demand or order of the Purchaser we inform the Purchaser about the amount of the production. Statutory value-added tax is not included in our prices; it will be shown separately on the invoice on the day of invoicing in the amount stipulated by law. Discount deduction requires a special written agreement. Independent of such a written agreement it is stipulated that a discount of 3 % on the net invoice value shall be granted if payment is received within 10 days as from date of invoice. If payment is received within 30 days, we will grant 2 % discount on the net invoice value. No discount will be granted on new invoices as long as still open balances from former invoices exist. Payments will always be used for settlement of the oldest debit item. Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, the purchase price is due for payment net (without deduction) within 60 days as from date of invoice. If the Purchaser defaults, we shall be entitled to request arrears on interest in the amount of 8 % above the respective basic interest published. But the Purchaser shall be entitled to prove to us that no damage or a damage of a far minor importance has occurred for us as a result of the delay of payment. The Purchaser shall only be entitled to setoff rights if his counterclaims have legal force, are undisputed or have been recognised by us. The Purchaser shall be entitled to exercise a general lien in so far as his counterclaim is based upon the same contractual relationship. We shall not be obliged to accept bills of exchange or cheques. If cheques or bills of exchange are accepted on a case to case basis upon prior agreement, this will only be made in fulfilment by invoicing the discount charges and collection charges which have to be paid by the customer immediately in cash. Accepted bills and cheques will be finally credited after having been honoured. Acceptance of cheques or bills of exchange will be made without prejudice for later payment obligations. We shall not be responsible for timely presentation, protest and return of the bill of exchange, if it has not been honoured. If a bill of exchange or a cheque is not honoured in time or if a payment term granted is exceeded, all debts still open at that time – also debts for which a respite has been granted and debts for which bills of exchange or cheques have been given – become immediately due for payment.
3.2 3.3 3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4.5
If non-observance of the delivery time is due to Force Majeure such as for example mobilization, war, riot or similar incidents such as for example strike, lock-out, the delivery time is extended by the duration of the incidents causing the delay in so far as these impediments can be proven to have a major influence on completion or delivery. The same applies if these circumstances occur at sub-suppliers. 4.6 Partial deliveries are admissible within a reasonable extent. 4.7 We shall be liable in general only for delay in delivery in accordance with statutory provisions of the German Commercial Code and the German Civil Code. 4.8 Moreover we shall be liable in accordance with statutory provisions in so far as the delay in delivery is based upon an intentional or grossly negligent contract violation for which we are responsible; we shall also be responsible for a fault caused by our representatives or vicarious agents. 4.9 In so far as the delay in delivery is merely based upon simple fault and no mandatory liability is applicable due to violation of life, body or health, our liability for default damages is limited in such a way that the Purchaser can request each 0.5 percent for each completed week of delay but in total not more than 5 percent of the price for that delivery portion which due to the delay could not be put into useful operation. This is not connected with a modification of the burden of proof to the Purchaser's disadvantage. The Purchaser's legal right to rescind remains unaffected. 4.10 Goods which have been reported to be ready for shipment have to be called by the Purchaser immediately but not later than after a delay of 20 calendar days after having been informed of the readiness for shipment. If no call occurs, we shall be entitled to put the goods on stock and store them upon our own discretion at Purchaser's risk and treat them as delivered ex works. 4.11 If shipment or delivery of the goods is delayed on request or upon instigation of the Purchaser, storage charges may be invoiced starting from one month after notification of readiness for shipment in the amount of 1% of the invoice value for each month started. The storage charges shall be limited to 5 % of the invoice value unless higher storage charges can be proven by us. 4.12 Fulfilment of our obligation in accordance with the German Packaging Regulations has been transferred by us to a authorized Company who sets up appropriate collecting boxes for packing material which has to be taken back in places where large quantities and small quantities of packing material occurs. Overwraps and sales packages will be taken back by us only via this authorized Company. Outside the scope of application of the Packaging Regulations no packing material will be taken back by us. 5.
Participation Duties of our Customers
5.1
Participation services by the customer which are explicitly or tacitly agreed upon within the scope of the contract will be performed without special remuneration unless specified otherwise. The customer shall be obliged to inform us on all facts in time from which it results that stock and products in store with us which have been placed at disposal in view of production capacities reported to us cannot be used or cannot be fully used. If residual stock remains, the customer will accept the stock and eventual charges for their destruction in case of premature modification of his disposition. The same applies also to products for which we had to order minimum quantities from our suppliers in so far as we had pointed out this fact to our customer in advance. The customer guarantees that the products supplied by him for further processing are suitable for this purpose. We are not obliged to inspect the products supplied by the customer for their property and fitness in view of further processing. Within the scope of current business relations as well as when a processing item has primarily been inspected, tested and released, the customer shall be obliged to inform us of his own accord about each product change. In cases of current processing of items the customer shall be further obliged – for each modification of the production conditions in his plant especially when replacing tools, machines or when introducing new production procedures – to inspect the item to be processed by us for variations and modifications and to inform us in writing of such variations and modifications. We shall not be obliged to check the correctness of instructions given by our customers, material selection or other provisions made by our customer. Therefore the customer must check all instructions he is giving as well as the quality of the materials specified or made available to us for compliance with statutory and technical provisions. If the customer defaults regarding his duty of procurement or participation after written request, we shall be entitled to statutory rights. The taking back of goods requires an explicit written approval, if we are not obligate to take back the goods by law.
5.2
5.3
5.4 5.5
5.6 5.7
6.
Passing of Risk Unless otherwise specified in the order confirmation, delivery shall be deemed to be agreed upon "ex works". The risk for delivery passes onto the customer when leaving our works, at the latest with shipment of the consignment and/or delivery to the carrier or forwarding agent even if partial deliveries are made or if exceptionally we carry out transport at our own expenses or with our transportation means unless otherwise specified. If shipment is delayed due to circumstances for which the customer is responsible, the risk passes onto the customer with receipt of the notification of readiness for shipment. Return shipments must be returned to us carriage-free. In case of return shipment the risk of loss remains with the customer until the products have been accepted at our works. If the customer so requests, we will effect a transport insurance for the shipment; the charges connected with it will be borne by the customer.
4.
Delivery / Delivery Time
6.1
4.1
Prior to start of the delivery time indicated by us all technical questions must have been clarified. If we inform the Purchaser about delivery times these informations are not binding and show only a foreseeable delivery time. Observance of our delivery obligation moreover requires timely and orderly fulfilment of the Purchaser's obligations, especially observance of the agreed upon payment terms and conditions. The defence of a non-fulfilled contract remains reserved. If the Purchaser has been put on notice to take delivery or if he violates any other duties of co-operation, we shall be entitled to request indemnification of the damage incurred to us to that extent including eventual surplus expenditure. Further claims remain reserved. If the prerequisites of item 4.3 exist, the risk of an accidental destruction or an accidental deterioration of the object purchased passes onto the Purchaser at that point in time when the Purchaser has been put on notice to take delivery or is in debtor's delay.
6.2
4.2
4.3
4.4
94
6.3
6.4
6.5
Redhibitory Defects
We shall be liable for redhibitory defects as follows: 7.1 All such parts or services have to be reworked, newly delivered or rendered again free of charge upon our choice which within the statutory limitation – irrespective of the operating period – show a redhibitory defect in so far as its cause existed at the time of passing of risk. 7.2 Claims due to redhibitory defects become barred by the statute of limitations in 12 months. The time period starts with the passing of risk (item 6). 7.3 The customer must notify the redhibitory defect to us immediately in writing. 7.4 In case of notification of defects payments by the customer are permitted to be withheld within a scope which is in an adequate ratio to the redhibitory defects occurred. The Purchaser shall only be allowed to withhold payments if a notification of defects has been put forward the justification of which cannot be doubted. If the notification of a defect was wrong, we shall be entitled to request indemnification of expenditures incurred by us from the customer. 7.5 First of all we shall always be granted the possibility of subsequent performance within an adequate delay. 7.6 If subsequent performance fails, the Purchaser may withdraw from contract – without prejudice to eventual damage claims – or reduce payment. Replacement for fruitless expenditure can only be requested by the Purchaser, if we are responsible for the defect due to intent or gross negligence. 7.7 Claims as a result of defects do not exist in case of only minor variation from the agreed upon quality, in case of only minor impairment of usefulness, in case of natural wear and tear or damages occurring after passing of risk due to wrong or negligent treatment, excessive load, inappropriate consumables or due to special external influences which are not presumed according to contract as well as in case of nonreproducible software errors. If the Purchaser or third parties carry out modifications or repair work in an inappropriate way, no claims as a result of defects exist for it and the resulting consequences either. The same applies in so far as our specifications for handling and other instructions are not observed. 7.8 Claims by the Purchaser for expenditure necessary for the purpose of subsequent performance including but not limited to transport, road, work and material charges are excluded to the extent that the expenditure increases because the object of delivery has subsequently been taken to another place than the establishment of the Purchaser unless this change of location corresponds to its use according to purpose. 7.9 Legal recourse claims by the Purchaser towards us exist only in so far as the Purchaser has not made any agreements with his customer beyond statutory claims due to defects. 7.10 For damage claims item 9 applies. Further or other claims than those stipulated in this item or in item 9 for redhibitory defects are excluded. 8.
8.1
8.2
8.3 8.4
8.5 8.6
Industrial Property Rights and Copyrights, Defective Titles Unless otherwise agreed upon, we shall be obliged to render delivery only in the country of the place of delivery free from industrial property rights and copyrights by third parties (hereinafter called property rights). In so far as a third party due to violation of property rights by deliveries rendered by us and used according to contract, puts forward justified claims against the Purchaser, we shall be liable to the Purchaser within the delay determined in item 7.2 as follows: Upon our choice and at our own expenses we will either obtain a right of use (usufructuary right) for the deliveries concerned, modify them in such a way that the property right will not be violated or replace them. If this is not possible for us under adequate terms and conditions, the Purchaser shall be entitled to statutory rights of withdrawal or reduction. The Purchaser shall only be allowed to request indemnification for fruitless expenditure, if we are liable for intent or gross negligence. Our obligation to pay damages is governed by item 9. The above mentioned obligations exist only in so far as the Purchaser informs us immediately in writing about the claims put forward by the third party, does not recognise a violation and all defences and composition proceedings are reserved for us. If the Purchaser ceases to use the delivery for reasons of damage reduction or for other important reasons, he shall be obliged to inform the third party that no acknowledgement of a violation of property rights is connected with it. Claims of the Purchaser are excluded in so far as he is responsible for the violation of property rights. Claims of the Purchaser are also excluded in so far as the violation of property rights is caused by particular specifications of the Purchaser, by an application unforeseeable by us or by the fact that the delivery is modified by the Purchaser or used together with products not delivered by us. In case of violations of property rights for the claims of the Purchaser stipulated in item 8.1 the provisions of items 7.4, 7.5 and 7.9 apply accordingly. Further claims of the Purchaser or other claims of the Purchaser than those stipulated in the present item 8 against us or our vicarious agents for defective title are excluded.
9.
Total Liability
9.1
Claims by the Purchaser for indemnification – irrespective of the legal nature of the claim put forward – are excluded. Excluded from this provision are: a) Damages due to violation of substantial contractual obligations. In case of simple negligence, however, liability for indemnification shall be limited to the foreseeable damage typically occurring. b) Damages due to violation of life, body or health if we are responsible for the breach of duty. c) For other damages based upon an intentional or grossly negligent breach of duty with us being equally responsible for a breach of duty by our legal representatives or vicarious agents. d) Indemnification for impossibility or inability.
9.2
9.3 9.4 9.5
No modification of the burden of proof at the Purchaser's disadvantage is connected with the above provision. Liability according to the liability for products' law remains unaffected. In so far as liability for indemnification towards us is excluded or restricted, this applies also to personal liability for indemnification by our employees, our commercial agents and our vicarious agents.
10.
Retention of Title
10.1 The objects of the deliveries (goods under retention of title) remain our property until payment of all debts to which we are entitled from the business relationship. In so far as the value of all securities to which we are entitled towards the Purchaser exceeds the amount of all claims secured by more than 10 %, we will release a corresponding share of the securities on request by the Purchaser. 10.2 During existence of the retention of title the Purchaser shall not be permitted to encumber the goods or pledge them as security and resale is only permitted to resellers in normal dealings and only with a proviso that the reseller receives payment from his customer or makes the reservation that transfer of title will only occur if the customer has met his payment obligations. 10.3 In case of attachments, seizures or other orders or interference by third parties the Purchaser must inform us immediately so that we can institute a claim according to § 771 ZPO [German Civil Practice Act]. In so far as the third party is not able to reimburse the court costs and extrajudicial costs of a claim according to § 771 ZPO, the Purchaser shall be liable for the loss incurred by us. 10.4 The Purchaser is obliged to take good care of the item purchased; especially he is obliged to insure the item purchased at his own expenses sufficiently at original value against fire, water and theft. In so far as maintenance and inspection work are required, the Purchaser must carry out such work in time at his own expense. 10.5 In case of breaches of duty by the Purchaser including but not limited to delay of payment, we shall be entitled to withdrawal and taking back; the Purchaser is obliged to restitution. Withdrawal and/or exercise of the retention of title does not require rescission by the Supplier; these actions or an attachment of the goods under retention of title by us does not represent a withdrawal from contract unless this has explicitly been declared by us. 10.6 If the Purchaser has resold the purchased item in the ordinary course of business, he assigns, however, to us already now all debts in the amount of the final invoice value (including value-added tax) of our debts accruing for him from resale against his customers or third parties regardless of whether the purchased item has been resold without or after further processing. The Purchaser remains authorised to collect this debt also after assignment. Our authority to collect the debt ourselves remains unaffected. But we undertake not to collect the debt as long as the Purchaser meets his payment obligations from the proceeds taken in, does not default in payment and in particular no petition for opening of insolvency proceedings has been filed or insolvency exists. But if this is the case, we can request that the Purchaser informs us about the debts assigned and their debtors, gives all information necessary for collection, hands out the respective documents and informs the debtors (third parties) of the assignment. 10.7 Processing or reshaping of the purchased item by the Purchaser will always be made on behalf of us. If the purchased matter is processed with other objects not belonging to us, we acquire joint ownership in the new object in the ratio of the value of the purchased item (final invoice value including value-added tax) to the other processed objects at the time of processing. For the object created by processing moreover the same applies as for the purchased item delivered under retention of title. 10.8 If the purchased item is mixed inseparably with other objects not belonging to us, we acquire joint ownership in the new item in the ratio of the value of the purchased item (final invoice value including value-added tax) to the other mixed objects at the time of mixing. If the mixing occurs in such a way that the item of the Purchaser has to be considered the main item, it is deemed to have been agreed upon that the Purchaser transfers pro rata joint ownership to us. The Purchaser holds in custody for us the exclusive ownership or joint ownership thus created. 11.
Place of Performance, Venue, Governing Law
11.1 For all rights and duties resulting from our deliveries and services for both parties the registered office of our company shall be considered to be the place of performance. 11.2 In dealings with companies for lawsuits for which the district courts have jurisdiction in rem, the Velbert District Court, and for lawsuits for which county courts have jurisdiction in rem, the Wuppertal County Court shall have general jurisdiction. 11.3 The contractual relationship shall be governed by the law of the Federal Republic of Germany. Application of the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG) is excluded. 11.4 The data specified by the Purchaser will be stored and processed by electronic data processing to the extent that this is admissible in accordance with the Federal German Law on Data Protection (§§ 28, 29 BDSG). 11.5 Should any provision of the agreement, the general sales, delivery and payment terms and conditions or other included terms and conditions be or become invalid, in whole or in part, for any reasons whatsoever, or there is a whole, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby. The invalid provision shall be substituted by a valid provision that comes as closely as legally permissible to what the invalid provision was intended to achieve.
95
General business terms ..........................................................................................................................................................................................94 + 95
Strike plate 2809........................................................................................................................................................................................................
81
Automatic locking locks..........................................................................................................................................................................................10 - 15
Strike plate 2828........................................................................................................................................................................................................
87
Heavy duty mortise locks........................................................................................................................................................................................50 + 51
Lock 0010 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................54 + 55
Warded insert ............................................................................................................................................................................................................
73
Lock 0024 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................16 + 17
Triple latch lock ......................................................................................................................................................................................................36 + 39
Lock 0055 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................58 + 59
Mortise locks for internal doors ..............................................................................................................................................................................44 - 51
Lock 0215 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................44 + 45
Latch fixing device......................................................................................................................................................................................................
72
Lock 0216 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................56 + 57
Fire rated door locks ..............................................................................................................................................................................................26 + 41
Lock 0353 + G353 ................................................................................................................................................................................................62 + 63
Index ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................4 -
7
Lock 0371 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................64 + 65
Crank latchbolt ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
73
Lock 0372 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................64 + 65
Standards ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
92
Lock 0375 .............................................................................................................................................................................................................66 + 67
Contract mortise locks............................................................................................................................................................................................48 + 49
Lock 0381H + 0381HF ..........................................................................................................................................................................................68 + 69
Swing door locks ....................................................................................................................................................................................................58 - 61
Lock 0393 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................70 + 71
Product advice........................................................................................................................................................................................................72 + 73
Lock 0415 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................46 + 47
Product information for locks..................................................................................................................................................................................88 - 91
Lock 0515 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................48 + 49
Product features – mortise locks for fire rated doors ..............................................................................................................................................24 + 25
Lock 0615 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................50 + 51
Product features – mortise locks for internal doors ................................................................................................................................................42 - 43
Lock 1058 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................60 + 61
Product features – sliding door locks......................................................................................................................................................................52 + 53
Lock 1125 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................26 + 27
Product features – Striking plates ..............................................................................................................................................................................
74
Lock 1206 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................28 + 29
9
Lock 2327 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................30 + 31
93
Lock 2338 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................32 + 33
Tube 9037 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................34 + 35
Lock 6031 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................18 + 19
Sliding door locks ..................................................................................................................................................................................................62 - 71
Lock 6043 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................22 + 23
Strike plate B 9000 ................................................................................................................................................................................................75 + 78
Lock 6065 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................36 + 37
Strike plate S204........................................................................................................................................................................................................
79
Lock 6138 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................38 + 39
Strike plate S241........................................................................................................................................................................................................
79
Lock 6206 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................20 + 21
Strike plate S350 ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
80
Lock 6306 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................40 + 41
Strike plate S500 ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
80
Lock 2114 – automatically locking ........................................................................................................................................................................14 + 15
Strike plate S400........................................................................................................................................................................................................
8
Lock 2124 – automatically locking ........................................................................................................................................................................12 + 13
Strike plate S401........................................................................................................................................................................................................
82
Lock 2154 – automatically locking ........................................................................................................................................................................10 + 11
Strike plate S403........................................................................................................................................................................................................
83
Lock 2174 – manually locking................................................................................................................................................................................12 + 13
Strike plate S404........................................................................................................................................................................................................
83
Shoot bolt lock 1795 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................34 + 35
Strike plate S407........................................................................................................................................................................................................
84
Swiss round cylinder ..................................................................................................................................................................................................
Strike plate S411........................................................................................................................................................................................................
84
Special locks ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................54 + 71
Strike plate S412........................................................................................................................................................................................................
85
Radiation protection lock ........................................................................................................................................................................................20 + 21
Strike plate S413........................................................................................................................................................................................................
85
Front bevels................................................................................................................................................................................................................
72
Strike plate S440........................................................................................................................................................................................................
86
Door handling ............................................................................................................................................................................................................
72
Strike plate S441........................................................................................................................................................................................................
86
Connecting rod ......................................................................................................................................................................................................38 + 39
Strike plate S448........................................................................................................................................................................................................
87
Internal door locks..................................................................................................................................................................................................44 - 47
Strike plate 2808........................................................................................................................................................................................................
81
Product features – Safety locks ................................................................................................................................................................................8 + Quality ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
73
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 42549 Velbert Telephone: +46 (0)2051 201 - 0 Fax: +49 (0)2051 201 - 431 www.bks.de
W 0230 0002a 03/2004 my Printed in Germany
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschl채ge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 71254 Ditzingen Telephone: +49 (0)7156 301 - 0 Fax: +49 (0)7156 301 - 293 www.g-u.de vertrieb-inland@g-u.de
Locking Suites
The demands placed on a locking suite are varied and complex: Primarily it is an organisational tool to enable the clear separation of responsibilities and locking authorisations controlled through the selective distribution of keys. Secondly, it provides great convenience both in private and contract application: key owners can operate many different doors with cylinder locks with a single or a few keys.
Things to keep in mind when buying a profile cylinder
Position of lock
Door leaf thickness
Profile cylinder
max. 3 mm projection
Single key system Several different single keys (e.g. of flat entrance doors) control one or more central locking cylinders (e.g. of house entrance doors).
B A inside outside Fixing screw Mortise lock
Furniture
The length of the profile cylinder depends on: door leaf thickness, position of the lock in the door leaf protrusion of furniture on the outside, protrusion of furniture on the inside Master key system A master key system consists of a multitude of locking cylinders each operated by an individual key. Each single locking cylinder is also controlled by the master key. The owner of a master key can operate all cylinders of a master keyed locking suite.
The cylinder lengths A and B are determined with regard to the thickness of door leaf and furniture. Therefore, it is important that the profile cylinder does not protrude more than 3 mm from the surface of the door furniture – especially on the outside of the door exposed to attack. The dimensions A and B are measured from the centre of the fixing screw on the forend. Your specialist retailer
Series 50
MORE SECURITY WITH BKS Grand master key system Grand master key systems are systems with several authorisation levels. All locking cylinders of a grand master key system can be operated with the grand master key. A master key can control specified cylinders within the suite.
For further products of the Gretsch-Unitas Group of Companies visit our website www.g-u.com
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschläge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Phone + 49 7156 301-0 Fax + 49 7156 301-293 www.g-u.com
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velbert Phone + 49 2051 201-0 Fax + 49 2051 201-431 WP01006-04-2-2
01/2008
Printed in Germany
BKS security – sophisticated down to the smallest detail
BKS security – sophisticated down to the smallest detail
Features and facts speak for themselves.
Keys are “constant companions“ expected to always function perfectly. Very often, they are used to operate several doors (apartment, house entrance, business room). Customers appreciate the convenient use of the reversible Series 50 key distinguishing itself by rounded bittings and the easiness with which it is inserted in the lock.
The reversible key system Series 50 with 6 pins is a conventional locking system based on the proven technique of single-row pin arrangement.
2
b
Increased resistance against forced opening is provided by the drill protection or drill/pick protection feature, both available as an option.
a
1 c
1 High-quality reversible key
with newly formed key blade : with the bittings protected on one flank, the key is secured against being copied. Each cylinder with registered differ is packed and sealed in the BKS factory. The BKS security card is an indispensable cylinder accessory on which all cylinder and key specific data are memorised.
It has to be produced to the authorised BKS dealer for the subsequent ordering of keys and cylinders.
2 Sophisticated key design combining functionality with security a Key blade b Key bow c Key bittings
1 2 3 4 5
Body Plug Bronze tumbler pins Brass cylindrical drive pin Hardened steel mushroom drive pin
6 Brass mushroom drive pin 7 Drive springs 8 Coupling 9 Cam 10 Thread hole for fixing screw
Locking cylinders Performance catalogue
Titel_E.indd 3
31.08.2006 13:36:27
Locking cylinders Contents
Cylinder systems (reversible key systems)
Series 45
...........................................Page 7 – 25
Series 50 ......................................................Page 27 – 32 Series 31 ......................................................Page 33 – 55
Cylinder systems (conventional)
Series 33 SL .................................................Page 57 – 77 Series 37 ......................................................Page 79 – 85 Series 88 ......................................................Page 87 – 90 Combi series ................................................Page 91 – 96
Service and Software
KeyManager .................................................Page 98 MKS – MasterKeySystem.............................Page 99 CIS – Customer Information System............Page 100, 101
Notes and details
Fixing holes on profile half cylinders ...............................Page 114 Drill protection .............................................Page 107 Drill and withdrawal protection ...................Page 108 Rotations of cam cylinders, cam shapes ..................................................Page 113 Finishes ........................................................Page 109 Functions of double profile cylinders ...........................................Page 110, 111 Product liability and product information .....................................Page 116, 117 Profile cylinders with reduced rotations .........................................Page 114 Locking suites ..............................................Page 104, 105 Locking cams for profile cylinders ..............Page 112 Dust protection .............................................Page 115 Two-pin key ..................................................Page 115 Embossing with digits and/or letters................................................Page 115 Index of headings.........................................Page 118 Certifications / Approvals.............................Page 106
3
Inhalt_E.indd 3
31.08.2006 12:18:11
Locking cylinders Contents, numeric Article
Page
0778........................................................................................... 38, 39 1309........................................................................................... 38, 39 1310........................................................................................... 38, 39 1324............................................................................... 40, 41, 62, 63 1344........................................................................................... 40, 41 1360........................................................................................... 40, 41 2266........................................................................................... 40, 41 2276........................................................................................... 40, 41 2285........................................................................................... 42, 43 2485........................................................................................... 42, 43 2662........................................................................................... 42, 43 2864........................................................................................... 42, 43 2962........................................................................................... 42, 43 2964........................................................................................... 44, 45 3002................................................................................................. 92 3003................................................................................................. 92 3004................................................................................................. 92 3005................................................................................................. 93 3006........................................................................................... 44, 45 3007................................................................................................. 93 3008................................................................................................. 96 3013........................................................................................... 44, 45 3014................................................................................................. 93 3015................................................................................................. 93 3017................................................................................................. 93 3018................................................................................................. 96 3022................................................................................................. 92 3024................................................................................................. 96 3025................................................................................................. 94 3027................................................................................................. 94 3028................................................................................................. 96 3032................................................................................................. 94 3033................................................................................................. 94 3034................................................................................................. 94 3035................................................................................................. 95 3037................................................................................................. 95 3044................................................................................................. 92 3045................................................................................................. 95 3046................................................................................................. 95 3047................................................................................................. 95 3100......................................................................................... 36, 37 3101........................................................................................... 36, 37 3102........................................................................................... 36, 37 3104........................................................................................... 36, 37 3105........................................................................................... 36, 37 3106........................................................................................... 36, 37 3107........................................................................................... 44, 45 3108........................................................................................... 44, 45 3112.......................................................................................... 36, 37 3115........................................................................................... 36, 37 3116........................................................................................... 36, 37 3118........................................................................................... 46, 47 3133........................................................................................... 46, 47 3171........................................................................................... 36, 37
Article
Page
3175........................................................................................... 38, 39 3177........................................................................................... 46, 47 3178........................................................................................... 46, 47 3179........................................................................................... 46, 47 3180........................................................................................... 36, 37 3181........................................................................................... 36, 37 3182........................................................................................... 36, 37 3185........................................................................................... 38, 39 3186........................................................................................... 36, 37 3189........................................................................................... 36, 37 3192........................................................................................... 36, 37 3195........................................................................................... 36, 37 3196........................................................................................... 36, 37 3199........................................................................................... 48, 49 3290........................................................................................... 36, 37 3291........................................................................................... 36, 37 3300........................................................................................... 60, 61 3301........................................................................................... 60, 61 3302........................................................................................... 60, 61 3304........................................................................................... 60, 61 3305........................................................................................... 60, 61 3306........................................................................................... 60, 61 3307........................................................................................... 62, 63 3310........................................................................................... 60, 61 3312........................................................................................... 60, 61 3313........................................................................................... 62, 63 3314........................................................................................... 62, 63 3316........................................................................................... 60, 61 3317........................................................................................... 64, 65 3319........................................................................................... 64, 65 3320........................................................................................... 64, 65 3321........................................................................................... 64, 65 3328........................................................................................... 64, 65 3336........................................................................................... 66, 67 3344........................................................................................... 66, 67 3345........................................................................................... 66, 67 3346........................................................................................... 66, 67 3349........................................................................................... 66, 67 3360........................................................................................... 68, 69 3362........................................................................................... 68, 69 3364........................................................................................... 68, 69 3366........................................................................................... 68, 69 3371........................................................................................... 60, 61 3375........................................................................................... 62, 63 3376........................................................................................... 68, 69 3377........................................................................................... 70, 71 3378........................................................................................... 70, 71 3379........................................................................................... 70, 71 3380........................................................................................... 60, 61 3381........................................................................................... 60, 61 3382........................................................................................... 60, 61 3386........................................................................................... 60, 61 3392........................................................................................... 60, 61 3395........................................................................................... 60, 61
4
Inhalt_E.indd 4
31.08.2006 12:18:13
Locking cylinders Contents, numeric Article
Page
3396........................................................................................... 60, 61 3399........................................................................................... 70, 71 3700................................................................................................. 82 3701................................................................................................. 82 3702................................................................................................. 82 3704................................................................................................. 82 3706................................................................................................. 82 3707................................................................................................. 82 3709................................................................................................. 83 3712................................................................................................. 82 3728................................................................................................. 83 3744................................................................................................. 83 3746................................................................................................. 83 3760................................................................................................. 83 3766................................................................................................. 84 3776................................................................................................. 84 3780................................................................................................. 82 3781................................................................................................. 82 3782................................................................................................. 82 3785................................................................................................. 84 3786................................................................................................. 82 3792................................................................................................. 82 4445................... 12, 13, 14, 15, 30, 31, 48, 49, 70, 71, 72, 73, 84, 85 4460................... 12, 13, 14, 15, 30, 31, 48, 49, 70, 71, 72, 73, 84, 85 4470................... 12, 13, 14, 15, 30, 31, 48, 49, 70, 71, 72, 73, 84, 85 4500........................................................................................... 10, 11 4501........................................................................................... 10, 11 4502........................................................................................... 10, 11 4504........................................................................................... 10, 11 4505........................................................................................... 10, 11 4506........................................................................................... 10, 11 4509........................................................................................... 14, 15 4510........................................................................................... 14, 15 4511........................................................................................... 14, 15 4512........................................................................................... 10, 11 4513........................................................................................... 10, 11 4514........................................................................................... 14, 15 4515........................................................................................... 10, 11 4516........................................................................................... 10, 11 4517........................................................................................... 16, 17 4520........................................................................................... 16, 17 4521........................................................................................... 16, 17 4522........................................................................................... 16, 17 4524........................................................................................... 16, 17 4528........................................................................................... 18, 19 4529........................................................................................... 18, 19 4530........................................................................................... 18, 19 4536........................................................................................... 18, 19 4544........................................................................................... 18, 19 4546........................................................................................... 20, 21 4560........................................................................................... 20, 21 4564........................................................................................... 20, 21 4566........................................................................................... 20, 21 4571........................................................................................... 10, 11
Article
Page
4574........................................................................................... 12, 13 4575........................................................................................... 12, 13 4576........................................................................................... 20, 21 4585........................................................................................... 22, 23 4587........................................................................................... 22, 23 4589........................................................................................... 10, 11 4595........................................................................................... 10, 11 4596........................................................................................... 10, 11 4599........................................................................................... 22, 23 4919................................................................... 22, 23, 50, 51, 72, 73 4920................................................................... 22, 23, 50, 51, 72, 73 4929................................................................... 24, 25, 50, 51, 74, 75 5000................................................................................................. 30 5001................................................................................................. 30 5006................................................................................................. 30 5009................................................................................................. 31 5012................................................................................................. 30 5024................................................................................................. 31 5028................................................................................................. 31 5037................................................................................................. 32 5044................................................................................................. 32 5060................................................................................................. 32 5066................................................................................................. 32 5090................................................................................................. 30 5091................................................................................................. 30 5093................................................................................................. 30 5096................................................................................................. 30 5099................................................................................................. 32 5114........................................................................................... 50, 51 5117........................................................................................... 50, 51 5135........................................................................................... 52, 53 7701........................................................................................... 52, 53 7705........................................................................................... 52, 53 7706................................................................... 24, 25, 52, 53, 74, 75 7707................................................................... 24, 25, 52, 53, 74, 75 7710........................................................................................... 54, 55 7715........................................................................................... 74, 75 7720........................................................................................... 74, 75 7721........................................................................................... 76, 77 8800................................................................................................. 90 8802................................................................................................. 90 8804................................................................................................. 90 8806................................................................................................. 90 8812................................................................................................. 90 8890................................................................................................. 90 8891................................................................................................. 90 8892................................................................................................. 90 8893................................................................................................. 90 8896................................................................................................. 90 8900................................................................................................. 90
5
Inhalt_E.indd 5
31.08.2006 12:18:13
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 2
31.08.2006 13:38:18
Cylinder system series 45 Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 3
31.08.2006 13:38:27
Cylinder system series 45 Top quality mechanics of outstanding function and design
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Tumbler rows 1, 2, 3 and 4 Bronze tumbler pins Brass drive pins with springs ProďŹ le system Extension piece Steel tie Outer body Body tube Plug
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Plug collar Plug protection disc Body security pin Hardened steel security pins Spiral locking pin Anti-drill pin (optional) Key blade Key bow Key bittings
8
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 4
31.08.2006 13:38:34
Cylinder system series 45 Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme Double cylinder 4500
Double cylinder 4502 10
R1
M5 B
13.8 10
A
M5 B
13.8 A
without panic function
A
10
4.5
from BL 31/31 with panic function on both sides
Cylinder with knurled turn 4506
Cylinder with turn 4504
360°
M5 B
13.8
from BL 27/31 with panic function on one side
Half cylinder 4501
10
10
180°
Locking cam eight-way adjustable
Rim cylinder 4509
M5
13.8 A
A
M5 B
M5
21.5 A
0.8
29
B
Brass padlock 4528 Ø9
Standard 28-60 25
32
50.3
Ø 43.5 Ø 32
4
19
135°
A
270° R1 5 225°
19
90°
Ø 30
315°
14
45°
14
14
14
19
5
10
19
33.1
10
19
17
Double cylinder 4512
74.8
56.2
20
The product range is continued on the following pages. Further details on page 103 et seqq.
High quality reversible key system with multi-row pin arrangement Cylinder series 45 was developed at a very sophisticated technical level. Among other applications, it is used in complex locking suites which have to meet the highest demands on security. But also in private residential construction, cylinders with registered differ of this series are used. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Locking cylinders in sandwich design, variable in length For reasons of security available with security card only Depending on the locking suite structure with 4 or 5 rows of pins Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished brass, bronzed brass Available also with chromium-nickel steel body as an option Certification to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P3 Certification to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 6, attack resistance class 0 (standard, class 2 optional) With VdS certificate, class B - BZ as an option Cylinder variants with SKG certificate on request 9
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 5
31.08.2006 13:38:42
Cylinder system series 45 Performance features
●
4505
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
4506 4589
● ●
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
●
with reduced rotation
❍
with cushioned cam
❍
with fixing holes
❍
locking with key
❍
4504
self-locking
❍
● ● ● ● ●
inside uncoupled
●
4501 4515 4571 4595 4596
●
hierarchy function
●
❍
●
emergency key function
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
●
●
free-wheel function
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍
panic function, both sides
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍
panic function, one side
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ●
4500 4502 4512 4513 4516
normal function
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
acc. to security card
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
keyed alike
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
●
❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
registered differ
grand master keyed suite
Functions
master keyed suite
Locking types
central locking suite
Article
●
Double cylinder
● ● ●
●
●
●
●
Half cylinder
Cylinder with turn, black turn
Cylinder with round turn light metal turn F1
●
Cylinder with knurled turn ● = standard ❍ = optional
10
Serie_45_E.indd 2
31.08.2006 13:12:12
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ●
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
Serie_45_E.indd 3
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍
●
● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4500 4502 4512 4513 4516
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4501 4515 4571 4595 4596
❍ ❍ ❍ 4504
❍ ❍ ❍ 4505
❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
4506 4589
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
❍
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
❍
double locking cam
Finishes
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
other lengths than BL 27 mm possible
drill and withdrawal protection BZWB
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
drill and withdrawal protection BZWA
with body security pin (loose)
with registered differ 3 keys each
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
stainless steel body
❍ sea-water protected
● ●
number of keys selectable
❍ Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 45
Performance features Features Article
● = standard ❍ = optional
11
31.08.2006 13:12:24
Cylinder system series 45 Performance features
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
●
with cushioned cam
4575
with fixing holes
●
locking with key
❍
self-locking
❍
inside uncoupled
❍
hierarchy function
normal function
❍
emergency key function
grand master keyed suite
❍
free-wheel function
master keyed suite
●
panic function, both sides
central locking suite
4574
panic function, one side
acc. to security card
Functions
keyed alike
Locking types
registered differ
Article
Cylinder with stainless steel turn
Cylinder with Hewi turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
4445 4460 4470 Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, with turn
Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, with turn
4445 4460 4470
4445 4460 4470 Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, without turn ● = standard ❍ = optional
12
Serie_45_E.indd 4
31.08.2006 13:12:24
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Serie_45_E.indd 5
sea-water protected stainless steel body
drill and withdrawal protection BZWA drill and withdrawal protection BZWB
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
double locking cam
Finishes
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
other lengths than BL 27 mm possible
with body security pin (loose)
number of keys selectable
lock silver colour, white or brown with registered differ 3 keys each
❍ turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 45
Performance features Features Article
❍ ❍ 4574
❍ ❍ 4575
● ● ● 4445 4460 4470
● ● ● 4445 4460 4470
● ● ●
4445 4460 4470
● = standard ❍ = optional
13
31.08.2006 13:12:35
Cylinder system series 45 Performance features
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
4511
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
4514
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
●
with cushioned cam
4510
with fixing holes
●
locking with key
❍
self-locking
❍
inside uncoupled
❍
hierarchy function
normal function
❍
emergency key function
grand master keyed suite
❍
free-wheel function
master keyed suite
●
panic function, both sides
central locking suite
4509
panic function, one side
acc. to security card
Functions
keyed alike
Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, without turn
Locking types
registered differ
Article
4445 4460 4470
Rim cylinder
Tubular exterior cylinder
Cabinet lock cylinder mounted to lock cover
Cylinder for cabinet lock 4929 ● = standard ❍ = optional
14
Serie_45_E.indd 6
31.08.2006 13:12:35
Serie_45_E.indd 7
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
Finishes
drill and withdrawal protection BZWB
drill and withdrawal protection BZWA
other lengths than BL 27 mm possible
with body security pin (loose)
stainless steel body
sea-water protected
number of keys selectable
with registered differ 3 keys each
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
bronzed
nickel-plated polished
brass, polished
brass, satin
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 45
Performance features Features Article
● ● ● 4445 4460 4470
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4509
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4510
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4511
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
4514
● = standard ❍ = optional
15
31.08.2006 13:12:46
Cylinder system series 45 Performance features
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
4521
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
4522
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
4524
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
●
with cushioned cam
4520
with fixing holes
●
locking with key
❍
self-locking
❍
inside uncoupled
❍
hierarchy function
normal function
❍
emergency key function
grand master keyed suite
❍
free-wheel function
master keyed suite
●
panic function, both sides
central locking suite
4517
panic function, one side
acc. to security card
Functions
keyed alike
Locking types
registered differ
Article
Cylinder for cabinet locks 4919 and 4920
Securing device for elevating doors
Lockable handle (for windows)
Turn for locks 4919 and 4920
Interior cylinder for rim locks 4445, 4460 and 4470 ● = standard ❍ = optional
16
Serie_45_E.indd 8
31.08.2006 13:12:47
brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ 4517
● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ 4520
● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ 4521
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ 4522
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
4524
Serie_45_E.indd 9
❍ delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
Finishes
drill and withdrawal protection BZWB
drill and withdrawal protection BZWA
other lengths than BL 27 mm possible
with body security pin (loose)
stainless steel body
sea-water protected
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
number of keys selectable
brass, satin
● with registered differ 3 keys each
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 45
Performance features Features Article
● = standard ❍ = optional
17
31.08.2006 13:12:59
Cylinder system series 45 Performance features
❍
❍
4530
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
4536
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
4544
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
●
❍
with cushioned cam
4529
●
with fixing holes
●
locking with key
❍
self-locking
❍
inside uncoupled
❍
hierarchy function
normal function
❍
emergency key function
grand master keyed suite
❍
free-wheel function
master keyed suite
●
panic function, both sides
central locking suite
4528
panic function, one side
acc. to security card
Functions
keyed alike
Locking types
registered differ
Article
Cylinder padlock, sea-water protected, shackle Ø 9 mm
●
Exterior and interior cylinder part
Single cylinder part
Double cylinder side A: dummy side B: with differ
Rim cylinder for rim lock 4445 ● = standard ❍ = optional
18
Serie_45_E.indd 10
31.08.2006 13:12:59
Serie_45_E.indd 11
sea-water protected
● ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4529
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4530
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4536
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
4544
❍
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
❍ ❍ ❍ 4528
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
❍
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
Finishes
drill and withdrawal protection BZWB
drill and withdrawal protection BZWA
other lengths than BL 27 mm possible
with body security pin (loose)
stainless steel body
number of keys selectable
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
with registered differ 3 keys each
● turn with different finish
bronzed
nickel-plated polished
brass, polished
brass, satin
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 45
Performance features Features Article
● = standard ❍ = optional
19
31.08.2006 13:13:11
Serie_45_E.indd 12
grand master keyed suite normal function
4546 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
4560 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
4564 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
4566 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
4576
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
Article
panic function, one side
master keyed suite
Cam cylinder
central locking suite
Push cylinder for sliding doors
acc. to security card
Rim cylinder for rim locks 4460 and 4470
keyed alike
Cam cylinder
registered differ
Cylinder system series 45
Performance features Functions
●
●
Cam cylinder
● = standard ❍ = optional
20
31.08.2006 13:13:11
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
with registered differ 3 keys each number of keys selectable
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4546
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4560
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4564
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 4566
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
4576
Serie_45_E.indd 13
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
Finishes
drill and withdrawal protection BZWB
drill and withdrawal protection BZWA
other lengths than BL 27 mm possible
with body security pin (loose)
stainless steel body
sea-water protected
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 45
Performance features Features Article
● = standard ❍ = optional
21
31.08.2006 13:13:22
Cylinder system series 45 Performance features
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
4599
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
●
with cushioned cam
4587
with fixing holes
●
locking with key
❍
self-locking
❍
inside uncoupled
❍
hierarchy function
normal function
❍
emergency key function
grand master keyed suite
❍
free-wheel function
master keyed suite
●
panic function, both sides
central locking suite
4585
panic function, one side
acc. to security card
Functions
keyed alike
Locking types
registered differ
Article
Cam cylinder
Key switch, various rotations and switching possibilities
●
Half cylinder, with earth screw
4919 Cabinet espagnolette lock, with strike plate and rods, 30 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 4517 or turn 4522
4920 Cabinet lock 30 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 4517 or turn 4522 ● = standard ❍ = optional
22
Serie_45_E.indd 14
31.08.2006 13:13:23
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
with registered differ 3 keys each number of keys selectable
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
Serie_45_E.indd 15
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
Finishes
drill and withdrawal protection BZWB
drill and withdrawal protection BZWA
other lengths than BL 27 mm possible
with body security pin (loose)
stainless steel body
sea-water protected
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 45
Performance features Features Article
❍ 4585
❍ 4587
❍ 4599
❍ ● 4919
❍
●
4920
● = standard ❍ = optional
23
31.08.2006 13:13:33
Serie_45_E.indd 16
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
grand master keyed suite
master keyed suite
central locking suite
acc. to security card
Article
keyed alike
registered differ
Cylinder system series 45
Performance features Functions
4929
Cabinet lock, 25, 30, 35 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 4514
7706
Turn for cabinet locks 4919 and 4920, rotatable, not lockable
7707
Knob, fix, not lockable
● = standard ❍ = optional
24
31.08.2006 13:13:34
Serie_45_E.indd 17
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
Finishes
drill and withdrawal protection BZWB
drill and withdrawal protection BZWA
other lengths than BL 27 mm possible
with body security pin (loose)
stainless steel body
sea-water protected
number of keys selectable
with registered differ 3 keys each
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
bronzed
nickel-plated polished
brass, polished
brass, satin
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 45
Performance features Features Article
● 4929
● ❍ ● 7706
● ❍ ● 7707
● = standard ❍ = optional
25
31.08.2006 13:13:42
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 6
31.08.2006 13:38:45
Cylinder system series 50 Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 7
31.08.2006 13:38:53
Cylinder system series 50 High-quality reversible key system with 6 locking pins
Standard design 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Body Plug Bronze tumbler pins Brass cylindrical drive pin Hardened steel mushroom drive pin Brass mushroom drive pin Drive springs Coupling Cam
Thread hole for ďŹ xing screw 11 Key blade 12 Key bow 13 Key bittings 10
28
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 8
31.08.2006 13:39:00
Cylinder system series 50 Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme Half cylinder 5001
19
33.1
15
M5
10 17
270° R 15 225°
135°
180° Locking cam eight-way adjustable
10
10
315°
19
45° 90°
R
10
360°
B
19
A
Double cylinder 5012
A
14
Double cylinder 5000
M5 B
13.8
M5
A
from BL 31/31 with panic function on both sides
Rim cylinder 5009
10
Ø9
Standard 28-60 25
32
M5 A
50.3
Ø 43.5 Ø 32
Ø 30
4
Brass padlock 5028
A
Cylinder with knurled turn 5006
29
0.8
B
74.8
Cam cylinder 5066
56.2
20
Key blank 5036
32
M28 x 1
28.5
5 38
Nickel-plated steel, in package of 50 pieces
The product range is continued on the following pages. Further details on page 103 et seqq.
Reversible key system with single row pin Cylinder series 50 is based on the established pin arrangement in a single row. Suitable for application in locking suites, for registered differ, but also for single differ. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
For reasons of security, locking suites and registered differ are available with security card only Order processing via the internet based MKS ordering system allows for extremely short delivery periods of 2 + 1 working days Also available as service cylinders with customer specific profiles or with registered differ Further variants are projected Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished brass, bronzed brass Certification to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P3 Certification to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 6, attack resistance class 0 (standard, class 2 optional) Cylinder variants with SKG certificate on request
29
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 9
31.08.2006 13:39:07
single differ registered differ keyed alike acc. to sample key central locking suite master keyed suite grand master keyed suite service cylinder service cylinder without pin assembly normal function panic function, both sides self-locking locking with key with fixing holes brass, nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished bronzed lock silver colour, white or brown 3 keys each (not with locking suites) number of keys selectable drill protection BSKA drill protection BSKB drill and withdrawal protection BZKB height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm embossing with digits/letters delivery without cylinder
Cylinder system series 50
Performance features
Article
Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, with turn
Serie_50_E.indd 2
Locking types
Double cylinder
Half cylinder
5000 5012 5090 5093 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
5001 5091 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
5006 5096 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Functions
●
● ● ● ●
●
Finishes
● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Features
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Cylinder with knurled turn
Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, with turn
4445 4460 4470 ● ● ●
4445 4460 4470
● ● ●
● = standard ❍ = optional
30
31.08.2006 13:30:23
single differ registered differ keyed alike acc. to sample key central locking suite master keyed suite grand master keyed suite service cylinder service cylinder without pin assembly normal function panic function, both sides self-locking locking with key with fixing holes brass, nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished bronzed lock silver colour, white or brown 3 keys each (not with locking suites) number of keys selectable drill protection BSKA drill protection BSKB drill and withdrawal protection BZKB height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm embossing with digits/letters delivery without cylinder
Cylinder system series 50
Performance features Article
Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, without turn
Serie_50_E.indd 3
Locking types Functions
Rim cylinder
Interior cylinder for rim locks 4445, 4460 and 4470
5009 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍
5024 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍
5028
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍❍
●
● ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍
Finishes
●
Features
Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, without turn
4445 4460 4470 ● ● ●
4445 4460 4470 ● ● ●
Cylinder padlock, sea-water protected shackle Ø 9 mm
● = standard ❍ = optional
31
31.08.2006 13:30:35
single differ registered differ keyed alike acc. to sample key central locking suite master keyed suite grand master keyed suite service cylinder service cylinder without pin assembly normal function panic function, both sides self-locking locking with key with fixing holes brass, nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished bronzed lock silver colour, white or brown 3 keys each (not with locking suites) number of keys selectable drill protection BSKA drill protection BSKB drill and withdrawal protection BZKB height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm embossing with digits/letters delivery without cylinder
Cylinder system series 50
Performance features
Article
Serie_50_E.indd 4
Locking types Functions Finishes Features
Double cylinder side A: dummy side B: with differ
Rim cylinder for rim lock 4445
Rim cylinder for rim locks 4460 and 4470
Cam cylinder
5037 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
5044 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍
5060 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍
5066 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍
5099
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
●
● ● ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍
Half cylinder, with earth screw
● = standard ❍ = optional
32
31.08.2006 13:30:44
Cylinder system series 31 Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 11
31.08.2006 13:39:17
Cylinder system series 31 Comprehensive range, especially suitable for locking suites
Optional design, security version
Standard design 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Body Plug Bronze tumbler pins Brass mushroom drive pin Brass cylindrical drive pin Drive springs Coupling Cam
9 10 11 12 13
Threadhole for ďŹ xing screw 1st drive pin of hardened steel, mushroom type Key blade Key bow Key bittings
10 14 15 16 17 18
2nd drive pin of hardened steel, mushroom type Hard metal anti-drill pins (plug) Hard metal anti-drill pins (body) Plug support Body security pin 1st and 2nd tumbler pin of hardened steel
34
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 12
31.08.2006 13:39:23
Cylinder system series 31 Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme Half cylinder 3101
45°
315°
R
19
33.1
90° 15
M5
10 17
10
Cylinder with turn 3104
4
270° R 15 225°
135°
Standard 28-60 26.5
10
360°
B
19
A
Rim cylinder 1309
180° Locking cam eight-way adjustable
Ø 43.5 Ø 32
Double cylinder 3100
M5
A
74
Cylinder with knurled turn 3106
Brass padlock 0778
1 B
21.5
M5 A
0.8 B
29
50.3
M5 A
Ø 30
32
A
Ø9
56.2
20
The product range is continued on the following pages. Further details on page 103 et seqq.
Conventional locking system as basic system for all applications Comprising a considerable variety of articles and functions, cylinder series 31 represents the basis for locking solutions required for locking suites, registered differ and single differ. ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Single row of 5 or 6 divided pins For reasons of security, locking suites and registered differ are available with security card only Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished brass, bronzed brass Certification to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P2 (5 pins) or P3 (6 pins) Certification to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 4 (5 pins) or class 6 (6 pins), attack resistance class 0 (standard, class 2 optional) With VdS certificate, class A or class B as options Cylinder variants with SKG certificate on request
35
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 13
31.08.2006 13:39:31
Cylinder system series 31 Performance features
❍ ❍
3104
●
3105
3106 3186 3189
❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
● ● ● ●
with reduced rotation
● ●
❍ ❍
with cushioned cam
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍
●
with fixing holes
❍ ❍ ❍
●
locking with key
● ● ●
● ● ●
●
self-locking
3101 3115 3171 3181 3195 3196
●
inside uncoupled
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
hierarchy function
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
emergency key function
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
free-wheel function
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
panic function, both sides
grand master keyed suite
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
panic function, one side
master keyed suite
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
normal function
central locking suite
● ● ● ●
service cylinder, without pin assembly
according to sample key
3100 3102 3112 3116 3180 3182 3192 3290 3291
service cylinder
keyed alike
Functions
registered differ
Double cylinder
Locking types
single differ
Article
❍ ●
●
●
● ●
●
● ●
●
Half cylinder
Cylinder with turn, black turn
Cylinder with round turn light metal turn F1
●
● ●
●
Cylinder with knurled turn ● = standard ❍ = optional
36
Serie_31_E.indd 2
31.08.2006 12:22:57
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ●
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
Serie_31_E.indd 3
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
❍ ❍
● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ❍ ❍
● ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍ ❍ ❍
❍
●
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍
❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
3101 3115 3171 3181 3195 3196
❍ ❍ ❍ 3104
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3105
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
3106 3186 3189
❍ ❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
❍ ❍
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
● ●
drill protection BSKB
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
drill protection BSKA
● ● ● ●
sea-water protected
additional keys possible
❍ 3 keys each (not with locking suites)
❍ Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features Features Article
3100 3102 3112 3116 3180 3182 3192 3290 3291
● = standard ❍ = optional
37
31.08.2006 12:23:11
Serie_31_E.indd 4
master keyed suite grand master keyed suite
3175 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
3185 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
0778 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
1309 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
1310
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍ ❍
❍ ● ❍
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
inside uncoupled
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
Locking types
self-locking
●
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder, without pin assembly
Article
service cylinder
central locking suite
Rim cylinder
according to sample key
Cylinder padlock sea-water protected shackle Ø 9 mm
keyed alike
Cylinder with stainless steel turn
registered differ
Cylinder with Hewi turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
single differ
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features
Functions
●
●
Tubular exterior cylinder
● = standard ❍ = optional
38
31.08.2006 12:23:11
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Serie_31_E.indd 5
drill protection BSKA drill protection BSKB
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ●
double locking cam toothed locking cam, 10 teeth toothed locking cam, 18 teeth dust protection
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍
❍ 3175
❍ ❍ 3185
❍ 0778
❍ ❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
Finishes
with insert for (not lockable) turn
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
sea-water protected
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
additional keys possible
❍
3 keys each (not with locking suites)
● turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features Features Article
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 1309
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
1310
● = standard ❍ = optional
39
31.08.2006 12:23:22
Serie_31_E.indd 6
master keyed suite grand master keyed suite
1324 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
1344 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
1360 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
2266 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
2276
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder, without pin assembly
Article
service cylinder
central locking suite
Cam cylinder
according to sample key
Rim cylinder for rim locks 4460 and 4470
keyed alike
Rim cylinder for rim lock 4445
registered differ
Interior cylinder for rim locks 44 ..
single differ
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features
Functions
●
●
Cam cylinder
● = standard ❍ = optional
40
31.08.2006 12:23:22
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
3 keys each (not with locking suites) additional keys possible
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 1344
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 1360
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 2266
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
2276
Serie_31_E.indd 7
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
drill protection BSKA
sea-water protected
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features Features Article
1324
● = standard ❍ = optional
41
31.08.2006 12:23:32
Serie_31_E.indd 8
master keyed suite grand master keyed suite
2285 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
2485 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
2662 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
2864 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
2962
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder, without pin assembly
Article
service cylinder
central locking suite
Push cylinder
according to sample key
Cam cylinder
keyed alike
Cam cylinder
registered differ
Cam cylinder
single differ
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features
Functions
●
Special cylinder
● = standard ❍ = optional
42
31.08.2006 12:23:32
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
3 keys each (not with locking suites) additional keys possible
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 2285
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 2485
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ 2662
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ 2864
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
2962
Serie_31_E.indd 9
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
drill protection BSKA
sea-water protected
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features Features Article
● = standard ❍ = optional
43
31.08.2006 12:23:43
Serie_31_E.indd 10
master keyed suite grand master keyed suite
2964 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
3006 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
3013 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
3107 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
3108
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍ ❍
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder, without pin assembly
Article
service cylinder
central locking suite
Double round cylinder
according to sample key
Double cylinder side A: with differ side B: for two-pin key
keyed alike
Double cylinder side A: dummy side B: with differ
registered differ
Push cylinder for sliding doors
single differ
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features
Functions
●
●
Half round cylinder
● = standard ❍ = optional
44
31.08.2006 12:23:43
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
3 keys each (not with locking suites) additional keys possible
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
Serie_31_E.indd 11
❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
drill protection BSKA
sea-water protected
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features Features Article
❍ 2964
❍ ❍ 3006
❍ ❍ 3013
❍ ❍ ❍ 3107
❍
❍
❍
3108
● = standard ❍ = optional
45
31.08.2006 12:23:52
Serie_31_E.indd 12
keyed alike according to sample key central locking suite master keyed suite grand master keyed suite
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
3133 ❍ ❍ ❍
Double round cylinder, short
Half round cylinder, short
3177 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
3178 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
3179
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder, without pin assembly
Article
service cylinder
registered differ
3118 single differ
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features
Functions
●
Double round cylinder with turn
Double cylinder, with mark (indication of locking state)
●
Double round cylinder, short with turn
● = standard ❍ = optional
46
31.08.2006 12:23:52
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
3 keys each (not with locking suites) additional keys possible sea-water protected drill protection BSKA
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3177
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3178
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
3179
Serie_31_E.indd 13
❍ ❍
❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features Features Article
3118
3133
● = standard ❍ = optional
47
31.08.2006 12:24:03
Cylinder system series 31 Performance features
●
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside uncoupled
hierarchy function
❍
emergency key function
❍
free-wheel function
❍
panic function, both sides
grand master keyed suite
❍
panic function, one side
master keyed suite
❍
normal function
central locking suite
❍
service cylinder, without pin assembly
according to sample key
●
service cylinder
keyed alike
Functions
registered differ
3199
Locking types
single differ
Article
●
Half cylinder with earth screw
Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, with turn
Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, with turn
4445 4460 4470
4445 4460 4470
4445 4460 4470 Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, without turn
Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, without turn
4445 4460 4470
● = standard ❍ = optional
48
Serie_31_E.indd 14
31.08.2006 12:24:03
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Serie_31_E.indd 15
additional keys possible
● ❍
drill protection BSKB
❍ ❍ ❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKA
sea-water protected
3 keys each (not with locking suites)
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features Features Article
❍ 3199
● ● ● 4445 4460 4470
● ● ● 4445 4460 4470
● ● ● 4445 4460 4470
● ● ●
4445 4460 4470
● = standard ❍ = optional
49
31.08.2006 12:24:13
Cylinder system series 31 Performance features
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
❍
with cushioned cam
●
with fixing holes
5117
locking with key
●
self-locking
❍
inside uncoupled
❍
hierarchy function
❍
emergency key function
❍
free-wheel function
grand master keyed suite
❍
panic function, both sides
master keyed suite
❍
panic function, one side
central locking suite
●
normal function
according to sample key
5114
service cylinder
keyed alike
service cylinder, without pin assembly
Functions
registered differ
Cabinet espagnolette lock, with strike plate and rods, 30 or 40 mm backset, for cylinder 5117 or turn 7705
Locking types
single differ
Article
4919
4920 Cabinet lock, 30 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 5117 or turn 7705
4929 Cabinet lock, 25, 30, 35 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 5114
Cabinet cylinder for cabinet lock 4929
Cabinet cylinder for cabinet locks 4919/4920 ● = standard ❍ = optional
50
Serie_31_E.indd 16
31.08.2006 12:24:13
Serie_31_E.indd 17
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
drill protection BSKA
sea-water protected
additional keys possible
3 keys each (not with locking suites)
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
bronzed
nickel-plated polished
brass, polished
brass, satin
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features Features Article
❍ ● 4919
❍ ● 4920
● 4929
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ 5114
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
5117
● = standard ❍ = optional
51
31.08.2006 12:24:22
Serie_31_E.indd 18
according to sample key central locking suite master keyed suite grand master keyed suite
5135 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
7701 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
7705 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder, without pin assembly
Article
service cylinder
keyed alike
Lockable handle (for windows)
registered differ
Special cylinder
single differ
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features
Functions
Turn for locks 4919 and 4920
7706
Turn for cabinet locks 4919 and 4920 rotatable, not lockable
7707
Knob, fix, not lockable
● = standard ❍ = optional
52
31.08.2006 12:24:22
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
Serie_31_E.indd 19
❍
● ❍ ● 7706
●
❍
●
7707
● ❍
● ❍ 7701
● ❍ 7705
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
drill protection BSKA
sea-water protected
additional keys possible
● 3 keys each (not with locking suites)
● lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features Features Article
❍ 5135
● = standard ❍ = optional
53
31.08.2006 12:24:33
Serie_31_E.indd 20
keyed alike according to sample key central locking suite master keyed suite grand master keyed suite
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder, without pin assembly
Article
service cylinder
registered differ
7710 single differ
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features
Functions
●
Securing device for elevating doors
● = standard ❍ = optional
54
31.08.2006 12:24:33
Serie_31_E.indd 21
● ❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for (not lockable) turn
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
drill protection BSKA
sea-water protected
additional keys possible
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
bronzed
nickel-plated polished
brass, polished
3 keys each (not with locking suites)
● brass, satin
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 31
Performance features Features Article
7710
● = standard ❍ = optional
55
31.08.2006 12:24:36
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 14
31.08.2006 13:39:33
Cylinder system series 33 SL Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 15
31.08.2006 13:39:41
Cylinder system series 33 SL Two security systems combined in one locking cylinder
Standard design 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Body Plug Bronze tumbler pins Brass mushroom drive pins Brass cylindrical drive pins Drive springs Coupling Cam Threaded hole for ďŹ xing screw
Optional design, security version 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1st drive pin of hardened steel, mushroom type Variable rockers Touch rockers Locking bar Outline millings Key blade Key bow Key bittings
18 19 20 21 22 23
Plug support Body security pin 1st and 2nd tumbler pin of hardened steel 2nd drive pin of hardened steel, mushroom type Hard metal anti-drill pins (plug) Hard metal anti-drill pins (body)
58
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 16
31.08.2006 13:39:48
Cylinder system series 33 SL Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme Half cylinder 3301
45°
315°
R
19
33.1
90° 15
M5
10 17
10
Cylinder with turn 3304
4
270° R 15 225°
135°
Standard 28-60 26.5
10
360°
B
19
A
Rim cylinder 3319
180° Locking cam eight-way adjustable
M5
A
Ø 43.5 Ø 32
Double cylinder 3300
74
Cylinder with knurled turn 3306
Brass padlock 3328
1 B
21.5
M5 A
0.8 B
29
50.3
M5 A
Ø 30
32
A
Ø9
56.2
20
The product range is continued on the following pages. Further details on page 103 et seqq.
Single row locking system with additional locking elements The construction of cylinder series 33 SL largely corresponds to that of cylinder series 31; it is supplemented by a second, independent security system with lateral locking elements under spring pressure providing increased protection against generally known manipulation techniques. Locking suites and registered differ are available. In locking suites, cylinder systems 33 SL and 31 can be combined with each other. ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Single row of 5 or 6 divided pins plus additional lateral touch rockers and locking bar acting independently; outline cuttings on the key blade For reasons of security, locking suites and registered differ are available with security card only Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished brass, bronzed brass Certification to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P3 Certification to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 6, attack resistance class class 0 (standard, class 2 optional) With VdS certificate, class B as an option Cylinder variants with SKG certificate on request 59
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 17
31.08.2006 13:39:56
Cylinder system series 33 SL Performance features
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍
●
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
3305
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
3306 3386
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
● ● ● ●
●
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
3304
●
●
inside operation with socket key
● ●
● ● ●
●
inside uncoupled
3301 3310 3371 3381 3395 3396
●
hierarchy function
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
emergency key function
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
free-wheel function
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
panic function, both sides
grand master keyed suite
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
panic function, one side
master keyed suite
● ● ● ●
normal function
acc. to security card
3300 3302 3312 3316 3380 3382 3392
Functions
service cylinder
keyed alike
Double cylinder
Locking types
registered differ
Article
●
●
●
● ●
●
Half cylinder
Cylinder with turn, black turn
Cylinder with round turn light metal turn F1
●
● ●
Cylinder with knurled turn ● = standard ❍ = optional
60
Serie_33_E.indd 2
31.08.2006 12:26:57
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
3 keys each (not with locking suites) additional keys possible sea-water protected drill protection BSKB drill and withdrawal protection BZKB VdS drill and withdrawal protection double locking cam toothed locking cam, 10 teeth toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3300 3302 3312 3316 3380 3382 3392
● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
3301 3310 3371 3381 3395 3396
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3304
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3305
● ●
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
❍ ❍
●
❍
❍
❍ ❍
❍
❍
❍
3306 3386
Serie_33_E.indd 3
❍
❍ delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for turn knob
Finishes
dust protection
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Features Article
● = standard ❍ = optional
61
31.08.2006 12:27:10
Cylinder system series 33 SL Performance features
1324
❍
❍
●
3307
❍
❍
●
3313
❍
❍
●
3314
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside operation with socket key
inside uncoupled
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
❍
panic function, both sides
grand master keyed suite
❍
●
3375
panic function, one side
master keyed suite
❍
normal function
acc. to security card
❍
Functions
service cylinder
keyed alike
Locking types
registered differ
Article
Cylinder with Hewi turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
Interior cylinder for rim locks 44 .., without SL feature
Double round cylinder
●
Double cylinder side A: with differ side B: for socket key
Cabinet cylinder for cabinet lock 4929 ● = standard ❍ = optional
62
Serie_33_E.indd 4
31.08.2006 12:27:11
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
Serie_33_E.indd 5
sea-water protected drill protection BSKB
● ❍ ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for turn knob
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
additional keys possible
lock silver colour, white or brown 3 keys each (not with locking suites)
❍ turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Features Article
3375
1324
❍ 3307
❍ 3313
❍
3314
● = standard ❍ = optional
63
31.08.2006 12:27:21
Rim cylinder
Tubular exterior cylinder
Special cylinder
3328
Serie_33_E.indd 6
3317 ❍ ❍ ●
3319 ❍ ❍ ●
3320 ❍ ❍ ●
3321 ❍ ❍ ●
❍
❍
●
❍
●
❍
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
inside operation with socket key
inside uncoupled
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
Locking types
self-locking
❍
service cylinder
acc. to security card
Article
keyed alike
grand master keyed suite
Cabinet cylinder for cabinet lock 4919/4920
master keyed suite
registered differ
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Functions
Cylinder padlock, sea-water protected shackle Ø 9 mm
● = standard ❍ = optional
64
31.08.2006 12:27:21
brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
3 keys each (not with locking suites) additional keys possible
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
●
❍
Serie_33_E.indd 7
●
❍
❍
❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for turn knob
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
sea-water protected
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, satin
●
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Features Article
❍ 3317
❍ ❍ 3319
❍ ❍ 3320
❍ 3321
3328
● = standard ❍ = optional
65
31.08.2006 12:27:32
Rim cylinder for rim lock 4445
Cam cylinder
Cam cylinder, with reduced rotation
Serie_33_E.indd 8
3336 ❍ ❍ ●
3344 ❍ ❍ ●
3345 ❍ ❍ ●
3346 ❍ ❍ ●
3349
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside operation with socket key
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder
acc. to security card
Article
keyed alike
grand master keyed suite
Double cylinder side A: dummy side B: with differ
master keyed suite
registered differ
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Functions
●
Cam cylinder
● = standard ❍ = optional
66
31.08.2006 12:27:32
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
3 keys each (not with locking suites) additional keys possible sea-water protected drill protection BSKB drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
Serie_33_E.indd 9
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for turn knob
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Features Article
❍ 3336
❍ ❍ 3344
❍ ❍ ❍ 3345
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3346
❍
❍
❍
❍
3349
● = standard ❍ = optional
67
31.08.2006 12:27:43
Special cylinder
Push cylinder
Cam cylinder
Serie_33_E.indd 10
3360 ❍ ❍ ●
3362 ❍ ❍ ●
3364 ❍ ❍ ●
3366 ❍ ❍ ●
3376
❍
❍
●
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside operation with socket key
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder
acc. to security card
Article
keyed alike
grand master keyed suite
Rim cylinder for rim locks 4460 and 4470
master keyed suite
registered differ
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Functions
●
Cam cylinder
● = standard ❍ = optional
68
31.08.2006 12:27:43
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
3 keys each (not with locking suites) additional keys possible
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍
●
❍
❍
❍
Serie_33_E.indd 11
❍ 3360
❍ ❍ 3362
● ❍ ❍ 3364
❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3366
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
3376
❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for turn knob
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
sea-water protected
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Features Article
● = standard ❍ = optional
69
31.08.2006 12:27:52
Cylinder system series 33 SL Performance features
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
●
with fixing holes
❍
locking with key
❍
self-locking
●
inside operation with socket key
❍
inside uncoupled
❍
hierarchy function
3379
emergency key function
●
free-wheel function
❍
panic function, both sides
❍
normal function
3378
service cylinder
●
acc. to security card
❍
keyed alike
❍
registered differ 3377
panic function, one side
Functions
grand master keyed suite
Locking types
master keyed suite
Article
Double round cylinder, short
Half round cylinder, short
Round cylinder, short with turn
3399
❍
❍
●
Half cylinder, with earth screw
4445 4460 4470 Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, with turn ● = standard ❍ = optional
70
Serie_33_E.indd 12
31.08.2006 12:27:52
brass, satin brass, polished nickel-plated polished bronzed
3 keys each (not with locking suites) additional keys possible sea-water protected drill protection BSKB
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3377
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3378
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ 3379
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍
Serie_33_E.indd 13
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for turn knob
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Features Article
❍ 3399
● ● ●
4445 4460 4470
● = standard ❍ = optional
71
31.08.2006 12:28:05
Cylinder system series 33 SL Performance features
Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, with turn
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside operation with socket key
inside uncoupled
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
Functions
service cylinder
grand master keyed suite
master keyed suite
acc. to security card
keyed alike
Locking types
registered differ
Article
4445 4460 4470
4445 4460 4470 Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, without turn
Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with ingetral restraint, without turn
Cabinet espagnolette lock with strike plate and rods, 30 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 3317 or lockable turn 7715
Cabinet lock, 30 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 3317 or lockable turn 7715
4445 4460 4470
4919
4920
● = standard ❍ = optional
72
Serie_33_E.indd 14
31.08.2006 12:28:05
Serie_33_E.indd 15
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for turn knob
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
sea-water protected
additional keys possible
3 keys each (not with locking suites)
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
bronzed
nickel-plated polished
brass, polished
brass, satin
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Features Article
● ● ● 4445 4460 4470
● ● ● 4445 4460 4470
● ● ● 4445 4460 4470
❍ ● 4919
❍
●
4920
● = standard ❍ = optional
73
31.08.2006 12:28:15
Cylinder system series 33 SL Performance features
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside operation with socket key
inside uncoupled
hierarchy function
emergency key function
●
free-wheel function
❍
panic function, both sides
❍
normal function
7720
service cylinder
●
acc. to security card
❍
keyed alike
❍
registered differ 7715
panic function, one side
Functions
grand master keyed suite
Locking types
master keyed suite
Article
4929 Cabinet lock, 25, 30, 35 or 40 mm backset for cylinder 3314
7706 Turn for cabinet locks 4919 and 4920, rotatable, not lockable
7707
Knob, fix, not lockable
Turn for locks 4919 and 4920
Securing device for elevating doors ● = standard ❍ = optional
74
Serie_33_E.indd 16
31.08.2006 12:28:15
●
Serie_33_E.indd 17
● ❍ ● 7706
● ❍ ● 7707
● ❍ ● ❍
●
❍
❍
❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for turn knob
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
drill protection BSKB
sea-water protected
additional keys possible
3 keys each (not with locking suites)
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
bronzed
nickel-plated polished
brass, polished
brass, satin
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Features Article
● 4929
7715
7720
● = standard ❍ = optional
75
31.08.2006 12:28:27
Serie_33_E.indd 18
grand master keyed suite
❍ ❍
with reduced rotation
with cushioned cam
with fixing holes
locking with key
self-locking
inside operation with socket key
inside uncoupled
Locking types
hierarchy function
emergency key function
free-wheel function
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder
master keyed suite
7721 acc. to security card
Article
keyed alike
registered differ
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Functions
●
Lockable handle (for windows)
● = standard ❍ = optional
76
31.08.2006 12:28:27
Serie_33_E.indd 19
sea-water protected drill protection BSKB
● ❍ ❍ ❍
delivery without cylinder
embossing with digits/letters
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
with insert for turn knob
dust protection
toothed locking cam, 18 teeth
toothed locking cam, 10 teeth
Finishes
double locking cam
VdS drill and withdrawal protection
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
additional keys possible
lock silver colour, white or brown
turn knob with different finish
Hewi turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
turn with different finish
bronzed
nickel-plated polished
brass, polished
3 keys each (not with locking suites)
● brass, satin
brass, nickel-plated
Cylinder system series 33 SL
Performance features Features Article
7721
● = standard ❍ = optional
77
31.08.2006 12:28:30
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 18
31.08.2006 13:39:57
Cylinder system series 37 Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 19
31.08.2006 13:40:05
Cylinder system series 37 Cylinder series for registered differs and locking suites installed by trading partners themselves
14
Standard design 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Body Plug Bronze tumbler pins Brass mushroom drive pin Brass cylindrical drive pin Drive springs Coupling Cam Threaded hole for ďŹ xing screw Hardened steel mushroom drive pin
Optional design, security version Hard metal anti-drill pins (plug) Hard metal anti-drill pins (body) 13 Area for customer’s embossing and marking 14 Area for further marking 11
12
80
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 20
31.08.2006 13:40:12
Cylinder system series 37 Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme Half cylinder 3701
315°
R
19
33.1
90° 15
M5
10 17
10
Cylinder with turn 3704
4
270° R 15 225°
135°
180° Locking cam eight-way adjustable
M5
A
74
Cylinder with knurled turn 3706
Brass padlock 3728
1
21.5
B
M5 A
0.8 B
29
50
M5 A
Ø 30
35
32
Ø9
45°
Standard 28-60 26.5
10
360°
B
19
A
Rim cylinder 3719
Ø 43.5 Ø 32
Double cylinder 3700
56
20
Key blank 3735
CUSTOMER
The product range is continued on the following pages.
Established locking system for the local delivery service With cylinder series 37, the most important types of articles and functions are supplied according to individual agreements with trading partners. The series gives them the possibility to offer their own local delivery service. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Single row of 5 or 6 divided pins Available as assembled cylinders with registered differs or as service cylinders Keys always with customer’s embossing Comprehensive range of assembly components and tools Finishes: nickel-plated brass and satin brass Certification to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P2 (5 pins) or P3 (6 pins) Certification to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 4 (5 pins) or class 6 (6 pins), attack resistance class 0 (standard, class 2 optional) Cylinder variants with SKG certificate on request
81
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 21
31.08.2006 13:40:20
Cylinder with turn, turn black
Serie_37_E.indd 2
3700 3702 3712 3780 3782 3792 ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
3701 3781 ● ❍ ❍
3704 ● ❍ ❍
3706 3786 ● ❍ ❍
3707 ● ● ●
Cylinder with knurled turn
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ❍ ● ❍ ❍
● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍
●
●
❍
●
● ●
●
❍
delivery without cylinder
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
Finishes
drill protection BSKB
Functions
turn with different finish
with reduced rotation
locking with key
self-locking
Locking types
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
additional keys possible
● 3 keys each
●
satin brass
●
nickel-plated brass
●
normal function
service cylinder, without pin assembly
Article
service cylinder
acc. to security card
Half cylinder
keyed alike
Double cylinder
registered differ
Cylinder system series 37
Performance features
Features
Double round cylinder
● = standard ❍ = optional
82
31.08.2006 12:36:35
Rim cylinder for rim lock 4445
Cam cylinder
Serie_37_E.indd 3
3709 ● ❍ ❍
3728 ● ❍ ❍
3744 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
3746 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
3760
●
❍
❍
❍
●
normal function
❍ ●
❍ ● ● ● ❍ ● ❍
● ● ❍
● ❍ ● ❍
❍ ● ● ❍
●
❍
●
❍
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
❍ ❍
delivery without cylinder
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
Finishes
drill protection BSKB
turn with different finish
additional keys possible
●
3 keys each
❍
satin brass
Functions
nickel-plated brass
with reduced rotation
locking with key
self-locking
Locking types
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
service cylinder, without pin assembly
Article
service cylinder
acc. to security card
Cylinder padlock sea-water protected shackle Ø 9 mm
keyed alike
Rim cylinder
registered differ
Cylinder system series 37
Performance features Features
Rim cylinder for rim locks 4460 and 4470
● = standard ❍ = optional
83
31.08.2006 12:36:49
Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, with turn
Serie_37_E.indd 4
service cylinder, without pin assembly normal function
3766 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
3776 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
3785 ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ●
additional keys possible
● ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ● ❍
● ❍ ● ❍
delivery without cylinder
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
Finishes
drill protection BSKB
turn with different finish 3 keys each
●
satin brass
Functions
nickel-plated brass
with reduced rotation
locking with key
self-locking
Locking types
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
Article
service cylinder
acc. to security card
Cam cylinder
keyed alike
Cam cylinder
registered differ
Cylinder system series 37
Performance features
Features
Cam cylinder
4445 4460 4470 ● ● ●
4445 4460 4470
● ● ●
Rim lock, without cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, with turn
● = standard ❍ = optional
84
31.08.2006 12:37:02
Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, without integral restraint, without turn
Serie_37_E.indd 5
delivery without cylinder
shackle Ø 6,3 mm, height 35 mm
height of shackle 35, 50 or 125 mm
drill and withdrawal protection BZKB
Finishes
drill protection BSKB
additional keys possible
3 keys each
turn with different finish
satin brass
Functions
nickel-plated brass
with reduced rotation
locking with key
self-locking
Locking types
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
normal function
service cylinder, without pin assembly
service cylinder
acc. to security card
Article
keyed alike
registered differ
Cylinder system series 37
Performance features Features
4445 4460 4470 ● ● ●
4445 4460 4470 ● ● ●
Rim lock, for interior cylinder, 45, 60 or 70 mm backset, with integral restraint, without turn
● = standard ❍ = optional
85
31.08.2006 12:37:12
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 22
31.08.2006 13:40:22
Cylinder system series 88 Locking cylinder series to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 23
31.08.2006 13:40:30
Cylinder system series 88 Basic series for standard applications
Standard design 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Body Plug Brass tumbler pins Brass cylindrical drive pin Drive springs Coupling Cam Threaded hole for ďŹ xing screw Hardened steel mushroom drive pin
Brass mushroom drive pin Key blade 12 Key bow 13 Key bittings 10
11
88
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 24
31.08.2006 13:40:36
Cylinder system series 88 Overview of types ∙ Delivery programme Double cylinder 8800
Half cylinder 8900
45°
315°
19
33.1
90° R
15
M5
10 17
10
10
360°
B
270° R 15 225°
135°
19
A
Key blank B 4135 0701
180° Locking cam eight-way adjustable
M5
A
Nickel-plated steel, 50 pieces per package
M5 A
1 B
Cylinder with knurled turn 8806
21.5
M5 A
0.8 B
29
Ø 30
Cylinder with turn 8804
Conventional cylinder system for cost-efficient standard solutions Cylinder series 88 offers to cost-conscious users the most important types of articles and functions, still meeting the highest demands on quality. Very short delivery periods due to storage of all relevant variants in large quantities. ● ● ● ● ● ●
Single row of 5 divided pins Not available for locking suites or registered differ Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, bronzed brass Certification to DIN 18252 (09-1999), class P2 Certification to DIN EN 1303 (04-2005), key related security class 4, attack resistance class 0 (standard) Cylinder variants with SKG certificate on request
89
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 25
31.08.2006 13:40:44
Serie_88_E.indd 2
Double cylinder
Half cylinder
Cylinder with turn, turn black
8800 8802 8812 8890 8892 8893 ● ● ●
8900 8891 ● ❍ ❍
8804 ● ❍ ❍
8806 8896 ● ❍ ❍
❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
3 keys each additional keys possible Drill protection BSKA
●
bronzed
●
brass, satin
● ● ●
brass, nickel-plated
●
● ● ● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
●
● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍ ● ❍ ❍ ❍
●
●
●
●
embossing with digits/letters
Finishes
Drill protection BSKB
Functions
turn with different finish
panic function, both sides
panic function, one side
Locking types
normal function
service cylinder
grand master keyed suite
master keyed suite
central locking suite
according to sample key
Article
keyed alike
registered differ
single differ
Cylinder system series 88
Performance features Features
Cylinder with knurled turn
● = standard ❍ = optional
90
31.08.2006 13:32:20
Cylinder system Combi series Supplementary range for projects
Profile cylinders with various operating possibilities The Combi series provides supplementary solutions for projects. The basic idea is to use mortise locks with cylinder bore for purposes not requiring key operation (e.g. WCs, electric shafts, simple flaps without key operation, operation with turn on one side etc.) ● Finishes: nickel-plated brass, satin brass, polished brass, bronzed brass ● Manufacture according to current standards DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 27
31.08.2006 13:40:53
Double cylinder side A / side B
Kombiserie_E.indd 2
3002 ●
3003 ●
3004
3022
3044
Half cylinder
● for socket key
dummy
with stainless steel turn
with HEWI turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
with knurled turn
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
with other keys
HEWI turn with different finish
Finishes
round turn with different finish
Side B (inside)
turn with different finish
with HEWI turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
with knurled turn
with round turn
with turn
bronzed
Double cylinder side A / side B
nickel-plated polished
Double cylinder side A / side B
brass, polished
●
brass, satin
● with round turn
Side A (outside)
nickel-plated
● with turn
Article
with indication red/white
for socket key
dummy
Cylinder system Combi series
Performance features
Features
❍
Half cylinder
● = standard ❍ = optional
92
31.08.2006 12:19:59
Cylinder system Combi series Performance features
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
with other keys
●
HEWI turn with different finish
round turn with different finish
bronzed
●
with knurled turn
nickel-plated polished
turn with different finish
Features
brass, polished
with HEWI turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
Finishes
brass, satin
●
with round turn
with turn
for socket key
dummy
with stainless steel turn
with HEWI turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
with knurled turn
with round turn
with turn
with indication red/white
Side B (inside)
nickel-plated
3005
for socket key
Side A (outside)
dummy
Article
Double cylinder with round turn side A / side B
●
3007 Double cylinder with round turn side A / side B
3014
●
3015
●
●
❍
Double cylinder with turn side A / side B
❍
Double cylinder with knurled turn side A / side B
3017
●
Double cylinder with knurled turn side A / side B ● = standard ❍ = optional
93
Kombiserie_E.indd 3
31.08.2006 12:20:08
Cylinder system Combi series Performance features
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
with other keys
bronzed
❍
HEWI turn with different finish
nickel-plated polished
●
round turn with different finish
brass, polished
●
turn with different finish
brass, satin
Features
nickel-plated
●
3025
Finishes with HEWI turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
with knurled turn
with round turn
with turn
for socket key
dummy
with stainless steel turn
Side B (inside) with HEWI turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
with knurled turn
with round turn
with turn
with indication red/white
for socket key
Side A (outside)
dummy
Article
❍
Double cylinder with Hewi turn side A / side B
●
3027
●
❍
Double cylinder with turn side A / side B
3032
●
3033
●
3034
●
●
❍
Double cylinder with round turn side A / side B
●
Double cylinder with knurled turn side A / side B
●
❍
Double cylinder with Hewi turn side A / side B ● = standard ❍ = optional
94
Kombiserie_E.indd 4
31.08.2006 12:20:18
Cylinder system Combi series Performance features
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
●
❍
❍
❍
❍
with other keys
turn with different finish
❍
HEWI turn with different finish
bronzed
●
round turn with different finish
nickel-plated polished
●
Features
brass, polished
with HEWI turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
with knurled turn
with round turn
with turn
for socket key
dummy
Finishes
brass, satin
●
with stainless steel turn
with HEWI turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
with knurled turn
with round turn
with turn
with indication red/white
Side B (inside)
nickel-plated
3035
for socket key
Side A (outside)
dummy
Article
Double cylinder with turn side A / side B
3037
●
●
❍
Double cylinder with Hewi turn side A / side B
3045
●
●
❍
Double cylinder with round turns side A / side B
3046
●
●
Double cylinder with knurled turns side A / side B
3047
●
●
❍
Double cylinder with Hewi turns side A / side B ● = standard ❍ = optional
95
Kombiserie_E.indd 5
31.08.2006 12:20:28
3024
3028
Kombiserie_E.indd 6
3008
3018
Half cylinder with turn
●
with HEWI turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
with knurled turn
with round turn
with turn
for socket key
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
● ❍ ❍ ❍ ❍
with other keys
HEWI turn with different finish
Finishes
round turn with different finish
Side B (inside)
turn with different finish
bronzed
● nickel-plated polished
Half cylinder with knurled turn
brass, polished
Half cylinder with round turn
brass, satin
● dummy
Side A (outside)
nickel-plated
●
with stainless steel turn
with HEWI turn Ø 30 or 50 mm
with knurled turn
with round turn
with turn
Article
with indication red/white
for socket key
dummy
Cylinder system Combi series
Performance features
Features
❍
❍
❍
❍
Half cylinder with Hewi turn
● = standard ❍ = optional
96
31.08.2006 12:20:38
Service and Software Ordering · Information · Planning · Administration
KeyManager Professional software for the administration of master keyed locking suites
MKS – MasterKeySystem Internet based platform for planning and ordering master keyed locking suites
CIS – Customer Information System Ordering and information system for processing orders and invoices
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 29
31.08.2006 13:41:07
KeyManager Professional software for the administration of master keyed locking suites BKS KeyManager 3.01 With the BKS KeyManager 3.01 you have your locking suite under control at any time. Anyone who is in charge of managing a major locking suite knows the efforts this job involves: Who received which key and when? When was the key returned? And which key fits on which doors?
1
With the BKS KeyManager 3.01, you gain easy and time-saving control of your locking suite. As user-friendly programme, BKS KeyManager 3.01 helps you to manage locking suites safely and effortlessly.
2 1 View of door list with query result: „which keys lock this door“
System requirements: ■ Pentium 500 ■ 128 MB RAM ■ Windows™ 98SE/ME/NT/2000/XP ■ 100 MB free hard disc memory
■ Monitor with 1024 x 768 pixel resolution ■ Mouse ■ Internet Explorer 5.x or higher
2 View of key combination record
Advantages: ● Simple usage via Windows Interface ● Protection against unauthorised access due to supervisor
function with password coding
● Ordering of keys and cylinders including management of keys
and cylinders delivered ● Individual user administration
● Individually applicable – also for several locking suites at a time
● User management independent of locking suites
● Easy administration and printing of complete key combination
● Convenient search function independent of locking suites
records ● Administration of distributed keys by person with dates of
delivery and return ● Printing of forms for key reception and return ● Printing of forms for cylinder installation and removal
● Calendar function for temporary distribution ● Key combination record completely editable ● Integration of user layouts for receipt masters ● Dispatch of receipts by email
● Display and printing of access authorisations of superordinate
keys with all related single differs
98
Software_E.indd 2
31.08.2006 13:34:20
MKS – MasterKeySystem Internet-based planning and ordering platform MKS – MasterKeySystem MKS – MasterKeySystem is an internet-based planning and ordering platform for master keyed locking suites. The software was developed to simplify order processing and to provide maximum service. Delivery periods and the number of call backs are reduced. The permanent development of this product guarantees order processing on a high technical level.
1
The following order processing functions are currently possible: ■ Creation of new master key systems (all profile cylinder systems)
2
■ Creation of system extensions (all profile cylinder systems) ■ Creation of subsequent key deliveries for locking suites ■ Quotation module for new systems and system extensions ■ Free services: – online collection of key combination records – locking suite data for BKS KeyManager 3.01 – key identification – key record – key labels
3
4 1 View – order data
Advantages: ● Sending orders without modem connection
System requirements:
● Permanent update of article data
■ Internet access ■ Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher ■ Magnetic card reader
● Permanent connection to our internal systems
2 View – single positions 3 View – function plan 4 View – subsequent delivery of keys
● Maximum supply of data concerning existing master
key systems ● Integrated plausibility check to prevent errors ● No additional software required ● Password login with supervisor function
99
Software_E.indd 3
31.08.2006 13:34:24
CIS – Customer Information System Internet-based information and ordering platform CIS – Customer Information System CIS is an internet-based information and ordering platform for all divisions of the company group. Comprising all articles with determined article number, e.g. storage articles, CIS helps to shorten delivery periods and to avoid possible call backs. The permanent development of this product guarantees order processing at a high technical standard. The system offers the following functions: ■ Access to all orders of the whole company group
1
■ Tracking of all orders ■ Creation of orders in the divisions windows, doors and accessories ■ Real time availability check of all articles ■ Collecting invoices to all orders in PDF format.
2
1 View – order tracking 2 View – order catalogue
100
Software_E.indd 4
31.08.2006 13:34:31
CIS – Customer Information System Internet-based information and ordering platform System requirements: ■ Internet access ■ Internet Explorer
3
4
Advantages:
3 View – Real time availability check
● Convenient dispatch of orders
4 View – Invoice request
● Permanent update of article data ● Permanent connection to our internal systems ● Supply of data concerning stock quantities ● Initiation of delivery in case of available stock ● Images of all articles ● Technical description of all articles ● No additional software required ● Login with password
101
Software_E.indd 5
31.08.2006 13:34:39
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 30
31.08.2006 13:41:12
Notes and details Features and functions of mechanic locking cylinders
Certifications / Approvals ......................................................... Page 106 Double cylinder functions ........................................................ Page 110, 111 Drill protection ....................................................................... Page 107 Drill and withdrawal protection ................................................ Page 108 Dust protection ........................................................................ Page 115 Embossing with digits and/or letters ........................................ Page 115 Finishes .................................................................................... Page 109 Fixing holes of half cylinders .................................................... Page 114 Index of headings..................................................................... Page 118 Locking suites .......................................................................... Page 104, 105 Locking cams for profile cylinders ........................................... Page 112 Product liability and product information ................................. Page 116, 117 Profile cylinders with reduced rotations ................................... Page 114 Rotations of cam cylinders, cam shapes .................................. Page 113 Two-pin keys ............................................................................ Page 115
Vorschaltseiten_E.indd 31
31.08.2006 13:41:18
Notes and details Locking suites
Central locking suite (Z system) A central locking suite is particularly suitable for multifamily residences. Several different single keys – e.g. for flats – not only lock the flat, but also other doors assigned to them (basement, letter box, garage); moreover, one or more central cylinders such as house entrance, garden door, central passage doors are locked with these keys.
Example of use: Multifamily residence Each tenant can use with his key the doors assigned to him (flat entrance, individual cellar, letter box, garage etc.) – and also the doors used by all tenants (house entrance door = central cylinder). Flat 4
4
Flat 3
2
3
Flat 1
1
3 4
1 2
Letter boxes
Flat 2
House entrance
3
Basement entrance
However, none of the tenants can access with his key another tenant’s flat.
4
1 2
Garage 1
Garage 2
Individual cellar 1
2
3
4
104
Hinweise_E.indd 2
31.08.2006 12:14:34
Notes and details Locking suites
Master keyed locking suite (HS system) Principally, a master keyed suite comprises a multitude of differently locking single cylinders, each with individually assigned single keys. Each locking cylinder is also operated by a master key. Thus, all rooms in a building can be accessed with the master key by one or more equally authorised persons. It is possible to integrate in a master keyed suite the functionality of a central locking suite. Typical applications for master keyed locking suites (HS systems) are minor office or factory buildings, shops, restaurants, one-family houses (also with office).
Grand master keyed suite (GHS system) Grand master keyed suites are locking suites with several authorisation levels reflecting the key responsibilities within a company organisation. With the grand master key, all locking cylinders of the locking suite can be locked. Several locking cylinders with various single keys can be assigned to one group key. Various groups can be assigned to a master group key again. Moreover, it is possible to provide further authorisation levels and also function requirements of central cylinders operated by several keys of various authorisation levels. Typical applications for GHS systems are administration buildings and plants, theatres, financial institutes, hotels, hospitals, sanatories, universities, airports etc.
105
Hinweise_E.indd 3
31.08.2006 12:14:44
Notes and details Certifications and approvals
While locking cylinders have to meet versatile requirements, the protection against manipulation and burglary is of major concern. The table below gives an overview of various tests and approvals of BKS cylinder series.
Certificate
Series 31
Series 31 Series 33 SL Series 33 SL Series 37
Series 45
Series 50
Series 88
5 pins
6 pins
5 pins
6 pins
5 pins
– Key related security
Class 4
Class 6
Class 6
Class 6
Class 4
Class 6
Class 6
Class 4
– Attack resistance
Class 1*
Class 2*
Class 2*
Class 2*
Class 1*
Class 2*
Class 2*
Class 0
Cylinders with single differ
Class P 2
Class P 3
Class P 3
Class P 3
Class P 2
Class P 3
Class P 3
Class P 2
Cylinders in locking suites
Class P 2
Class P 3
Class P 3
Class P 3
Class P 2
Class P 3
Class P 3
—
Cylinders for security doors
Class P 2*
Class P 3*
Class P 3*
Class P 3*
Class P 2*
Class P 3*
Class P 3*
Class P 2*
DIN EN 1303, edition 04-2005 Cylinders with single differ
DIN 18252, edition 09-1999
VdS certification* List VdS 2156 and VdS 2299 Class A, with drill protection – single differ
M 105 309*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Class A, with drill and withdrawal protection – single differ
M 105 310*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Class A, with drill protection or drill and withdrawal protection – Central locking suites
M 105 318*
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
M 105 311*
M 105 313*
M 105 315*
—
—
—
—
—
—
M 105 313*
M 105 315*
—
—
—
—
—
M 105 312*
M 105 314*
M 105 316*
—
M 105 317*
—
—
—
—
M 105 314*
M 105 316*
—
M 105 317*
—
—
—
M 105 319*
M 105 320*
M 105 321*
—
M 105 322*
—
—
Class B, with drill protection – single differ Class B (list VdS 2299), with drill protection – single differ for alarm system activation Class B, with drill and withdrawal protection – single differ Class B (list VdS 2299), with drill and withdrawal protection – single differ for alarm system activation Class B, with drill protection or drill and withdrawal protection – master / grand master keyed locking suites
Cylinder variants with SKG certificate on request.
*(VdS = German association of non-life insurers)
* = available as an option
106
Hinweise_E.indd 4
31.08.2006 12:14:50
Notes and details Available drill protection variants
Locking cylinders are protected against mechanic attacks (burglary attempts) with different variants of drill protection or drill and withdrawal protection. The following table shows the protection types of various cylinder series. Designation
BSKA
Illustration
Features
1.+ 2. drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised 1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised
BSKB
1.+ 2. drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised 1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised Plug reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins
Application
Series 31 / 37 / 50 / 88 (optional, for certified applications with identification)
Series 31 / 33 / 37 / 50 (optional, standard with series 33, for certified applications with identification)
Body reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins
BSKE
1.+ 2. special drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised 1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised
Series 31 / 33 (optional, standard with series 33, with VdS certificate, with identification)
Plug reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins Body reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins additional special drive pins
107
Hinweise_E.indd 5
31.08.2006 12:14:51
Notes and details Available drill and withdrawal protection variants Designation BZKA
Illustration
Features 1.+ 2. drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised 1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised
Application Series 31 / 33 / 50 (optional)
Plug reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins Body reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins Plug securing plate and body groove Body securing pin assembled BZKB
1.+ 2. drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised 1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised Plug reinforcement with 3 hard metal pins
Series 31 / 33 / 37 / 50 (optional, for certified applications with identification)
Body reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins Body securing pin assembled
BZKC
1.+ 2. special drive pin of hardened steel, galvanised 1.+ 2. plug pin of hardened steel, galvanised Plug reinforcement with 3 hard metal pins
Series 31 / 33 (optional, with VdS certificate, with identification)
Body reinforcement with 2 hard metal pins Body securing pin assembled Additional special drive pins
BZWA
Plug protection disc of hardened steel, galvanised
Series 45 (optional)
BZWB
Plug protection disc of hardened steel, galvanised
Series 45 (optional, standard with registered differ)
Body reinforcement with 1 hard metal pin
BZWC
Plug protection disc of hardened steel, galvanised Body reinforcement with 1 hard metal pin
Series 45 (optional, for certified applications with identification)
Body securing pin assembled
BZWD
Plug protection disc of hardened steel, galvanised Plug pins of hardened steel, galvanised Filling pins of hardened steel, galvanised
Series 45 (optional, with VdS certificate, with identification)
Stainless steel body Body reinforcement with 1 hard metal pin Body securing pin assembled
108
Hinweise_E.indd 6
31.08.2006 12:14:54
Notes and details Finishes
Locking cylinders
N = brass nickel-plated
MM = brass satin
PN = brass polished, nickelplated
MP = brass polished
BR = brass bronzed
black
red
white
brown
brown-olive
F 1 = silver colour
F 2 = champagne
F 3 = gold colour
dark brown
sunower
claret
ruby
steel blue
ultramarine
green
coffee brown
deep black
rock grey
pure white
nickel-plated
bronzed
black
red
white
brown
brown-olive
Turns
Light metal turns
Synthetic material turns
Independent turn knobs
Slight variations of product colours and printed colour samples are possible.
109
Hinweise_E.indd 7
31.08.2006 12:14:58
Notes and details Double cylinder functions
Double cylinder in normal function As long as a key is inserted on one side, the opposite cylinder side is locked. Available from order length (BL) 27/27 mm.
Double cylinder with panic function on both sides The locking cylinder can be operated from either side, even if an appropriate key is already inserted on the opposite cylinder side. Available from order length (BL) 31/31 mm.
Double cylinder with panic function on one side The locking cylinder can be operated from outside (order length BL = 27 mm), even if an appropriate key is inserted on the inside. Available in order lengths 27/31 mm, 27/35 mm, ......
110
Hinweise_E.indd 8
31.08.2006 12:14:59
Notes and details Double cylinder functions
Double cylinder with emergency key function With the special emergency key, the locking cylinder can be operated, even if an appropriate key is inserted on the inside. Available from order length (BL) 27/27 mm.
Double cylinder with freewheel function After removal of all keys, cam and cylinder plugs are no longer connected with positive ďŹ tting. Available from order length (BL) 31/31 mm.
Double cylinder with hierarchy function With the subordinate key, only restricted rotation is achieved allowing the operation of the latch via latch lever. With the superordinate key, full rotation is achieved allowing to operate both latch and deadbolt. Application in locking suites of series 31 from order length (BL) 27/27 mm; optional for the outside cylinder or for inside and outside cylinder. Not combinable with drill and withdrawal protection nor with panic function.
111
Hinweise_E.indd 9
31.08.2006 12:15:08
Notes and details Locking cams for profile cylinders
Position of locking cam If special directives are not given, double cylinders are delivered as shown in the figure on the right. The locking cam is directed to the left or the right.
5 R1
With special applications or with special lock types, other cam positions are required. The cam position angles available as an option are shown on the right. R15
90°
180°
270°
360°
Special locking cam shapes Special cam shapes are often required for special locks. The shapes shown on the right are available as an option for double or half cylinders.
Geared rim, module 2 10 teeth
Geared rim, module 1,5 18 teeth
Double cam
Quadruple cam
Further special dimensions are available according to the table on the right. R r
A
R 13,2 14,8 14,7 13,2
A 4,8 4,8 5,5 –
r – – 3 3
30°
112
Hinweise_E.indd 10
31.08.2006 12:15:16
Notes and details Rotations of cam cylinders, cam shapes and positioning of cams
Rotations of cam cylinders With the standard type of cam cylinders, the rotation of the plug is always 90째; the key is always withdrawn with the plug in normal position (as shown on the right). Various rotations of the cam are possible by positioning it accordingly.
B
Example: Rotation A-B = cam in position A (locked) for withdrawal of key, in position B no withdrawal of key. In the case of cam cylinders with reduced rotation, plug and key rotate 360째 whereas the cam rotates 90째 only (with 2276 also 180째). With reduced rotation, the key can be withdrawn in both cam positions.
A
C
Example: Rotation A-B = cam in position A (locked) or in position B (open); key withdrawal in both positions. D
As a standard, cam cylinders are delivered with a straight cam of 35 mm length.
Cam shapes The shapes shown on the right are available for cam cylinders in various lengths and with various cranks if required.
Straight shape
Cranked shape
Straight shape with hook
Cranked shape with hook
Positioning of cams Cranked cams can be positioned in 2 different ways. Position F (crank directed inwards) or position V (crank directed outwards) are possible depending on the position of the locking point.
V
F
113
Hinweise_E.indd 11
31.08.2006 12:15:29
Notes and details Fixing holes on profile half cylinders Reduced rotation of profile cylinders
Fixing holes on profile half cylinders For the fixing in switchgears, the following profile half cylinders are provided with fixing holes: 3171, 3199, 3371, 3399, 4571, 4599 and 5099.
▼
Half cylinders 3199, 3399, 4599 and 5099 Locking cam in 180° position, radius R17, with earth screw, dimensions to drawing.
U
Half cylinders 3171, 3371 and 4571 Locking cam 8-way adjustable, fixing holes according to table.
▼
T
T 10 11 11 11 12 12,8 20
U 10 10 9 9 9 – –
M M3 M3 M3 M4 M4 M4 M4
M4
M4
3.5
Reduced rotation with profile cylinders
R17
9
15.5
11
M
360°
Rotation of locking cam 90° Optional for rotations 1, 2, 3 and 4, key withdrawal in both positions of locking cam.
▼
Rotation of locking cam 180° Optional for rotations 5, 6, 7 and 8, key withdrawal in both positions of locking cam.
▼
1
17
4
R15 90°
270°
3
2
For special functions, the profile half cylinders 3196, 3396 and 4596 are delivered with reduced rotations for the locking cam (whereas the key rotation is always 360°). The available rotations are shown on the right.
10 180°
5 360°
5
R1
270°
90°
8
7
180° 6
114
Hinweise_E.indd 12
31.08.2006 12:15:38
Notes and details Two-pin key, dust protection, embossing
Two-pin key A variety of profile cylinders of different series is prepared for a simple two-pin key. This two-pin key has the article number B 3502 0001.
Dust protection In especially dusty environment, it is recommendable to protect the locking mechanism of cylinders with a protection flap. The illustration on the right shows flaps of various series.
Embossing with digits and/or letters
As for keys, digits and/or letters can be embossed on the spots marked with an X as shown in the figures on the right (this does not apply to keys for locking suites).
▼
Locking cylinders and keys can be marked with special embossings on request.
As for cylinders, it is generally possible to make special embossings on the front (also on cylinders of locking suites).
Series 45 janus
Series 50
Series 88
▼
Series 31 and 33 SL
115
Hinweise_E.indd 13
31.08.2006 12:15:49
Notes and details Product liability – Locking cylinders In accordance with the producer’s liability for his products, as defined in the „product liability act“ the following information concerning locking cylinders has to be observed. Non-observance of these instructions absolves us of our liability. 1. Product information and application in accordance with regulations A locking cylinder as covered by this definition is a component which is installed in locks, fittings, devices, doors or similar products prepared accordingly. In general, it is exchangeable. Other cylinder variants are to be treated analogously. In order to ensure the proper use of a locking cylinder, it is furnished with 1 key at least. Terms referring to locking cylinders and locking suites – as far as they are not explained in the catalogue section – are described or illustrated in DIN 18 252. With reference to these terms and designations, the following must be observed for the use in accordance with regulations: 1.1 Locking cylinders can be installed into locks, fittings, devices etc. without reservation only if those locking cylinders are made to a dimensional standard (e.g. DIN 18 252) and if those locks, fittings, devices etc. are prepared especially according to this standard. In all other cases the manufacturer, dealer, installer or user of such locks has to make sure that the locking cylinder he has selected is suitable for installation and for its designated purpose. Binding legal regulations have to be taken into consideration. Panic locks for example must not be fitted with locking cylinders with knobs, turning knobs or similar handles, if such locking cylinders are not explicitly approved for the lock system. 1.2 Locking cylinders which might possibly be exposed to forcible action must not protrude more than 3 mm from the face of the protective furniture enclosing them tightly. The degree of burglary protection depends on the particular demands (see e.g. DIN 18 252). If necessary, a locking cylinder is to be specified with drill and withdrawal protection.
2.2 the key is misused as handle to move the door leaf. The key is not suited to replace the furniture on passage doors (knob, turn handle, fixed pull etc.) 2.3 the locking cylinder is operated with a falsified, bent or damaged key. 2.4 the attempt is made to operate the locking cylinder with break-in tools, auxiliary means or foreign copied keys. 2.5 foreign bodies are in the key channel or on the key itself, or if the instructions for maintenance and care were disregarded. 3. Product performance As long as product performance is not described in detail in our catalogues, leaflets or descriptions of performance, special requirements for individual locking cylinders should be mutually agreed on. In this respect the standard DIN 18 252: “Profile cylinders for door locks” serves as guideline. This standard determines basic and additional requirements for profile cylinders. The contents of the quoted standard is also applicable to other locking cylinders. The service ability of locking cylinders depends, amongst other things, on frequency of use, method of use, environmental influences and maintenance. Locking cylinder and key should be replaced as soon as difficulties arise, particularly when inserting or extracting the key, even if the lock has been lubricated according to instructions. 4. Product maintenance Locking cylinders must be treated at least twice a year – or more frequently depending on the frequency of use – with cleaning agents recommended by us. On principle, locking cylinders must not be treated with resinous agents such as oil or graphite. Only cleaning agents not containing corrosion stimulating ingredients should be used. 5. Information and instruction obligation
1.3 The installation of locking cylinders must be carried out in a way that beyond the provided fixing points and beyond proper operation there are no other forces acting on the locking cylinder. Likewise, no foreign forces must be applied on the key blade or on the bow in lateral direction as the key is removed.
For the fulfilment of the information and instruction obligation according to the product liability act, the following documents and services are available to specialised dealers, lock smiths, architects, designers, advisory instiutions, installers and users:
1.4 For the use in humidors or cold rooms, outdoor weathering, maritime air or corrosive atmosphere, locking cylinders require extra specification. This applies also to locking cylinders designed to be used in dusty environment.
– tender information, quotation documents, key combination records
– catalogues, brochures – DIN 18 252 (exclusive sale by Beuth Verlag GmbH, Berlin 30)
1.5 As a rule, a profile cylinder with 2 locking sides cannot be operated by key, if a key is already inserted on the opposite side. However, if this shall be possible, a locking cylinder with special design is required.
– installation, operation and maintenance instructions
1.6 For the correct use of the key, the torque must be transmitted to the key only with its being completely inserted in the locking channel of the profile cylinder.
For the selection of locks, as well as installation, operation and maintenance,
1.7 Locking cylinder and key are a functional unit. We maintain our liability only for our original products. 1.8 Keys supplied subsequently must be checked for correct functioning in the particular locking cylinder immediately after receipt. 2. Misuse Misuse – i.e. product not used as specified – of locking cylinders or keys occurs in particular if:
– advice by us and our field service
5.1 architects and planners are obliged to request and observe all required product information from us. 5.2 specialist dealers are obliged to observe product information and reference in the price lists, to specifically request all necessary instructions from us and to forward these to the fabricators. 5.3 fabricators are obliged to observe all product information and specifically request operating and maintenance instructions from us and to forward these to contractors and consumers.
2.1 an auxiliary means such as a nail, pliers, keyring pendant or similar are applied on the key bow in order to increase the torque. With regard to safe unlocking, the key channel in the cylinder and also the key blade are deliberately designed slim enough to ensure that the torque is transmitted directly from the hand to the key bow.
116
Hinweise_E.indd 14
31.08.2006 12:16:00
Notes and details Product information concerning the use of locking cylinders 1. 2. 3.
Do not manipulate the lock with foreign objects. Operate it with the appropriate key only.
With standard cylinders you must not insert keys on both sides at the same time.
Do not apply auxiliary means on the key bow (pliers, key ring, nail or similar).
4.
5.
6.
The key bow must not be used as door handle.
Maximum cylinder projection from the face of the door furniture: 3 mm.
Ensure that no lateral forces apply on the key while it is being inserted.
7.
8.
9.
Do not drive the locking cylinder in the lock by force (e.g. with a hammer).
Lubricate the locking cylinder twice a year with special non-resinous lubricants.
Oil or graphite must not be used as lubricants for locking cylinders.
10.
11.
Do not give torque to the key before it is completely inserted.
Bent keys must not be used any longer.
117
Hinweise_E.indd 15
31.08.2006 12:16:00
Notes and details Index of headings
Headword
Page
Headword
Page
Cam (cam cylinder), assembly
113
Notes
Cam (cam cylinder), shapes
113
Panic function
110
Cam (cam cylinder), position
113
Product liability
116
Central locking suite
104
Product information
117
Certification
106
Push cylinder
Combi series
91 – 96
Radius R17
114
CIS – Ordering and information system
100, 101
Reduced rotations of profile cylinders
114
Details
103 – 119
Rotations of cam cylinders
113
103 – 119
20, 42, 44, 68
16, 54, 74
Dust protection
115
Securing device for elevating doors
Drill and withdrawal protection
108
Series 31
33 – 55
Drill protection
107
Series 33 SL
57 – 77
DIN – German Institute for Industrial Standards
106
Series 37
79 – 85
Earth screw
114
Series 45
7 – 25
Emergency key function
111
Series 50
27 – 32
Embossing with digits/letters
115
Series 88
87 – 90
Espagnolette lock
22, 50, 72
SKG – Stichting Kwaliteit Gevelbouw
106
Finishes
109
Two-pin key
115
Fixing holes
114
VdS – German association of non-life insurers
106
Freewheel function
111
Grand master keyed suite
105
Hierarchy function
111
KeyManager
98
Lockable handle (for windows) Locking state indicator Locking suites
16, 52, 76 46 104, 105
Locking cam (profile cylinder), shapes
112
Locking cam (profile cylinder), position
112
Master keyed locking suite
105
MKS – Master key ordering system
99
Normal function
110
118
Hinweise_E.indd 16
31.08.2006 12:16:03
Notes and details Memoranda
119
Hinweise_E.indd 17
31.08.2006 12:16:03
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschläge Johann-Maus-Straße 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Phone + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93 www.g-u.de
BKS GmbH Heidestraße 71 D-42549 Velbert Phone + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31 www.bks.de
WP02017-04-2-1 – 01.06 – Printed in Germany – www.sanderwerbung.de
Titel_E.indd 2
31.08.2006 13:36:15
Locking Systems Mechanical and mechatronical locks
Locking Systems Mechanical and mechatronical locks
State-of-the-art locking technology – efficient, user-friendly, inexpensive. With its forward-thinking innovations, the Gretsch-Unitas Group has long been shaping the market and setting pioneering new standards. As far as the opening and closing of doors are concerned, comfort and security have to be the top priority. For more than a century, our products have been helping to prevent hazards, to reduce risks, to limit damage and to protect both people and property. Our complete range covers everything from planning and implementation right through to service. Sophisticated mechanics and intelligent electronics are the perfect partners within this context. Especially our mechatronic products offer a multitude of new design options and extra user benefits. Likewise, the latest market requirements are met with our extensive range of new mechanical products, all of them coming in best quality. We are, however, not concerned with single products only but with the creation of complete solutions fulfilling state-of-the-art requirements.
Banks and insurance offices
The product and its advantages for human users are at the forefront of everything we think and do. The people who benefit most from this are our customers, for whom we are constantly designing new and reliable systems and whom we can offer tailor-made solutions for the specific building application concerned.
2
Following the Group‘s key principle of “Securing technology for you”, we attach great importance to the topic of Mechatronics in order to provide for future-oriented project solutions. For instance, when it comes to time-related, person-related and area-related access con trol, our considerable product spectrum allows to fulfill the most diverse requirements:
Office and aministrative buildings
from the access to company grounds or to the interior of buildings right through to any door outside or within a building. In the context of project solutions, certain lock components such as latch, deadbolt, follower and/or locking cam need to be monitored and connected to burglar alarm or escape door control systems.
Airports, railway stations
Hotels
The combination of access control systems and escape door locks is relevant where the protection of material assets and data is required on the one hand, and the safeguarding of people on the other hand, e.g., in airports or banks. High-grade mechanical master key systems already installed can be retrofitted with
Hospitals, care homes
Nurseries, schools, universities
electronics in a short time, thus benefitting from the techncial enhancement. Whatever the requirements may be at partic ular locations, today‘s project doors can fulfill different demands at the same time,
Shopping centres
Stadiums, sporting facilities
be it access control, escape door control, burglar protection or barrier-free accessibility. With their vast range of state-of-the-art products, the Group Gretsch-Unitas is in a position to implement multitudes of solutions.
3
Mechanical and mechatronical locking systems Overview of mortise and multipoint locks Application
Standards
loc k Mu ltip oin t lo
Mo rtis e
f 2-l
ea
f 1-l
ea
Gla
s
Tim be r/
ste el Alu mi niu m PV C
bu ildi of Typ e
●
●
●
Series 19 *
●
●
●
●
Series 21 *
●
●
Secury Series 19 *
●
Secury Series 21 *
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Series 18
●
●
●
●
Series 23
●
●
●
●
●
G.U-Secury Automatic *
●
●
●
●
●
G.U-Secury Automatic 4 *
●
●
●
●
●
G.U-Secury Automatic AB 2 *
●
●
●
●
●
G.U-Secury Automatic Panic E *
●
●
●
●
●
G.U-Secury MR / MR 2 / MR 4
●
●
●
●
●
G.U-Secury SH 2 / SH 4
●
●
●
●
●
G.U-Secury DR
●
●
●
●
●
G.U-Secury R
●
●
●
●
●
G.U-Secury EUROPA ** MR 2 / SH 2 / R 4
●
●
●
●
Series 13
●
●
●
●
●
G.U-ECONOMY
●
●
●
Heavy duty lock 0615
●
●
●
Contract lock 0515
●
●
●
PRIME OFFICE 0515
●
●
●
PRIME OFFICE Series 21
●
●
●
PPRIME OFFICE Series 21 EK Radio
●
Project standard
Product name
ck
ng
Material
* self-locking ** handle-operated
RC-tested to ENV 1627-1630
Fire protection Approved for fire and smoke protection doors
4
CE Marking Compliance with the directives for free movement of goods within the EU
Suitability for escape doors Approved emergency exit devices (EN 179) and panic exit devices (EN 1125)
Burglar resistance Tested and certified for various resistance classes to meet individual security demands
Prevention of loss Valued and approved by the German Association of Non-Life Insurers according to individual directives for the prevention of loss
Mechanical locks
Mechatronical locks
Page 6
Page 7,8
Page 7,8 Page 7, 8
Page 6
Page 7, 8 Page 9 Page 9
Page 10
Page 10 Page 10
Page 10 Page 11
Page 12
Page 13 Page 14 Page 14 Page 14 Page 14 Page 15 Page 15
Page 7 Page 15
Function
Locking
Page 15 Page 15
Monitoring
Control
5
1. Self-locking locks with panic function Mortise locks
Series 19/21, mechanical
Series 19 (narrow stile) 1926
Contents 1. Self-locking locks with panic function (timber/ steel/ narrow stile) Mortise locks Series 19/21, mechanical Series 19/21, with monitoring contacts Series 19/21, electrically couplable Series 19/21, electrically locked panic lock EVP Series 19, motor lock Multipoint lock SECURY Series 19/21 2. Manually operated mortise locks with panic function (timber/ steel/ narrow stile) Series 18/23, mechanical Series 18/23, with monitoring contacts 3. Self-locking multipoint locks (timber/ steel/ narrow stile) G.U-SECURY Automatic 4. Manually operated multipoint locks (timber/ steel/ narrow stile) G.U-SECURY G.U-SECURY EUROPA 5. Manually operated mortise locks (timber/ steel/ narrow stile) Series 13 G.U-ECONOMY Heavy duty lock 0615 Contract lock 0515 6. Patch locks for toughened glass doors n Manually operated locks Patch locks PRIME OFFICE Series 21 EK Radio n Self-locking locks with panic function Patch locks PRIME OFFICE Series 21 Patch locks PRIME OFFICE Series 21 EK Radio
6
Series 21 (timber & steel) 2124
The locks of Series 19 and Series 21 are the result of consequent development aiming at maximum security and functionality. Thanks to their VdS approval, they are especially suited for burglar-resistant doors. Moreover, their suitability for 1-leaf and 2-leaf fire protection and escape route doors according to the new European standards opens up completely new options when it comes to conceiving and designing exit devices. Features ■ The automatic locking of latchbolt and deadbolt is triggered by the trigger lever which is an integral part of the latchbolt. There is no need for an auxiliary latch. ■ No need to lock door manually ■ Latchbolt and automatic deadbolt throw of 20 mm ■ Panic functions – Shift function B – Forced locking function C – Latch lever function E ■ Series 19 available from 35 mm backset ■ Series 21 available from 55 mm backset
Description
Series 19
Series 21
Narrow stile systems
Timber and steel doors
1-leaf and 2-leaf
●
●
Locking to the top
●
●
Approved to EN 179/EN 1125
●
●
Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors
●
●
CE approval to EN 12209
●
●
VdS approval
●
●
Application/Features
Series 19/21, monitoring contacts
Series 19 (narrow stile) 1916
Series 19/21, electrically couplable
Series 21 (timber & steel) 2126
The monitoring contacts of the Series 19 and Series 21 locks are switched either by electronic boards in the lockcase or by means of microswitches. Latch monitoring: passage monitoring feature – feedback to a control centre as soon as the latch is withdrawn. Deadbolt monitoring: security feature – feedback on whether the deadbolt is thrown or not. For enhanced security requirements, the combination with a separate door contact is possible. Follower monitoring (turn switch contact): mounted on the lockcase, the switch contact monitors the lever handle. In the case of a monitored door, for instance, the video system is triggered as soon as the lever handle is turned. Locking cam monitoring: this feature is useful in the context of escape door locking, e.g., to momentarily release the escape door lock. There is no need for a separate key switch on the outside.
Series 19 (narrow stile) 1970
Series 21 (timber & steel) 2172
Series 21 EK Radio (timber & steel) 2170
The locks of Series 19 and Series 21 featuring electric coupling can be used with an electrically couplable outside handle to control the access on 1-leaf and 2-leaf doors. They are actuated alternatively via door opening pushbutton, intercom, timer switch or access control installations. Likewise, it is possible to query the status of the individual lock components (latchbolts, inside and outside handle, locking cam) via integral electrical switches. In the event of an emergency, the door can be opened by the mechanical profile cylinder (forced locking function C, e.g. during rescue operations).
Description Application/Features 1-leaf and 2-leaf
Series 19
Series 21 / Series 21 EK Radio
Narrow stile systems
Timber and steel doors
●
● / ●
Locking to the top
●
● / ●
Approved to EN 179/EN 1125
●
● / ●
Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors
●
● / ●
CE approval to EN 12209
●
● / ●
VdS approval
●
● / ●
Latch (latchbolt)
●
● / ●
Follower (turn switch contact)
●
● / ●
Monitoring of:
Description Application/Features Latch (latchbolt)
Series 19
Series 21
Narrow stile systems
Timber and steel doors
●
Deadbolt
●
Follower (turn switch contact)
●
Locking cam
●
●
Deadbolt Locking cam and deadbolt (latchbolt)
● / ● ●
● / ●
Locking cam
● / ●
Lever handle coupled/ decoupled
● / ●
Battery charge level
● / ● 7
Series 19/21, electrically locked panic lock EVP
Series 19 escape door opener and panic lock EVP
Series 21 escape door opener and panic lock EVP
The electrically locked panic lock EVP of Series 21 or Series 19 is used in connection with an escape door opener integrated in the strike plate; it is suitable for narrow stile, timber and steel doors. Thanks to the VdS approved latchbolt, the closed door is always considered locked from the actuarial point of view. A characteristic feature of the EVP lock is that the adjustable latch is positioned on the same level as the deadbolt. Thus, the electric locking point is no longer located at a peripheral position but ideally integrated into the area of the lock. This compact solution provides a reduced number of locking system components which facilitates both project planning and door fabrication.
Description
Series 19 motor lock 1956
The motor lock is a logical continuation of the Series 19 locks for 1-leaf or 2-leaf narrow stile doors. With the latchbolt being retracted via motor, the lock is especially suited for use in the context of access control and barrier free construction, or in connection with a swing door drive. The motor lock, too, features contacts for latchbolt or locking cam monitoring. Thanks to uniform lockcases within this lock range and the electronics being integrated inside the lock, the motor-driven panic locks can be exchanged for all existing BKS locks of Series 18 and 19, and for all locks with electrical coupling, or combined with these within a building.
Series 19
Series 21
Narrow stile systems
Timber and steel doors
1-leaf
●
●
1-leaf and 2-leaf
●
Approved to EN 179/EN 1125
●
●
Locking to the top
●
Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors
●
●
Approved to EN 179/EN 1125
●
CE approval to EN 12209
●
●
Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors
●
CE approval to EN 12209
●
VdS approval
●
Application/Features
VdS approval Dogging mechanism (optional)
●
●
Locking cam
Description Application/Features
Series 19 Narrow stile systems
Monitoring of:
Monitoring of (optional):
8
Series 19, motor lock
●
●
Latch (latchbolt)
●
Lever handle
●
Locking cam
●
1. Self-locking locks with panic function Multipoint lock
SECURY Series 19/21
Latchbolt with monitoring function
The lock range of Series 19 (narrow stile) and Series 21 (timber & steel) is rounded off by the types SECURY Series 19 and 21. The automatic multipoint locks feature modern burglary protection and suitability for use on fire and escape doors. The combination with a swing door drive is possible as an option. What is more, the SECURY Series 21 locks can be fitted with an electrically couplable outside handle. The motor-driven retraction of all three latchbolts, which is the special feature of the SECURY types with A-opener, is even provided in connection with the panic functions B (shift function), C (forced locking function) and E (latch lever function). As an additional option, both top and bottom latchbolt are available with monitoring function.
Description
Secury Series 21 with A-opener
Secury Series 21 EK
Features ■ Automatic locking of latchbolts through integral trigger lever ■ No need to lock door manually ■ Panic functions – Shift function B – Forced locking function C – Latch lever function E ■ SECURY Series 19 available from 35 mm backset ■ SECURY Series 21 available from 55 mm backset
Series 19
Series 21
Narrow stile systems
Timber and steel doors
1-leaf and 2-leaf
●
●
Approved to EN 179/EN 1125
●
●
Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors
●
●
CE approval to EN 12209
●
●
Dogging mechanism ‚GFF‘
●
●
Motor-driven (A-opener)
●
●
Application/Features
Secury Series 19 with A-opener
VdS approval
Electrically couplable outside handle
●
Monitoring of: Latch (latchbolt)
●
●
9
2. Manually operated mortise locks with panic function
Series 18/23, mechanical
Series 18/23, monitoring contacts
Series 18 (narrow stile) 1821
Series 23 (timber & steel) 2320
The lock Series 18 and 23, tried and tested for many years on narrow stile, respectively timber and steel doors, are used in many variants on fire doors and panic or emergency exit devices.
Description
Series 18
Series 23
Narrow stile systems
Timber and steel doors
1-leaf and 2-leaf
●
●
Locking to the top
●
●
Application/Features
Approved to EN 179/EN 1125
●
●
Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors
●
●
CE approval to EN 12209
●
●
Shift function B
●
●
Forced locking function C
●
●
Passage function D
●
●
Latch lever function E
●
●
in combination with E-opener (electric opener)
●
●
From backset 25 mm
●
Series 18 (narrow stile)
Series 23 (timber & steel)
If fitted with monitoring contacts, the locks of Series 18 and 23 are suitable for contract use. Latch monitoring: passage monitoring feature – feedback to a control centre as soon as the latch is withdrawn. Deadbolt monitoring: security feature –feedback on whether the deadbolt is thrown or not. For enhanced security requirements, the combination with a separate door contact is possible. Follower monitoring (turn switch contact): mounted on the lockcase, the switch contact monitors the lever handle. In the case of a monitored door, for instance, the video system is triggered as soon as the lever handle is turned. Locking cam monitoring: this feature is useful in the context of escape door locking, e.g., to momentarily release the escape door lock. There is no need for a separate key switch on the outside.
VdS approval Panic functions:
From backset 65 mm 10
●
Description
Series 18
Series 23
Narrow stile systems
Timber and steel doors
Latch
●
●
Follower (turn switch contact)
●
●
Deadbolt
●
●
Locking cam and deadbolt
●
●
Application/Features Monitoring of:
3. Self-locking multipoint locks
G.U-Secury Automatic
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1
Automatic latchbolt Automatic double latchbolt Latch Deadbolt Follower Cylinder bore (profile or round cylinder) Automatic round bolt Safe-T-catch
1
G.U-Secury Automatic with A-opener
2
G.U-Secury Automatic with safe-T-catch
1
G.U-Secury Automatic 4
7
G.U-Secury Automatic panic function E
G.U-Secury Automatic AB Automatic bolt
8
G.U-SECURY Automatic provides security – automatically and immediately. By simply closing the door, without locking it, the door is multipoint locked with the latchbolts throwing 20 mm. The deadbolting Automatic latches or Automatic round bolts (G.U-SECURY Automatic AB2 for steel frames) are secured against being forced back. From outside, the release of the door pulled shut is effected by a turn of the key, from inside by operating the door handle. Panic function: Latch lever function E, designed for use with fittings for exit devices to EN 179 and EN 1125. Safe functioning without free-wheel cylinder: To achieve many years of reliable functioning, G.U-SECURY Automatic does not require a special cylinder with free-wheel function. Any standard profile cylinder can be used. G.U-SECURY Automatic comes with all current centres, backsets, forends and followers for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.
Description Automatic latchbolt
3
5
4
3
5
4 6
3
5
3
5
4
3
5
4
6
6
6
6
G.U-SECURY G.U-SECURY G.U-SECURY Automatic Automatic 4 Automatic AB ●
●
Automatic round bolt
●
2 latchbolts + 2 massive deadbolts
●
Safe-T-catch (optional)
●
●
●
Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors
●
●
●
Panic function (optional)
●
●
VdS approval grade A
●
●
Daytime release (optional)
●
●
A-opener (optional)
●
●
●
Backset (mm)
33 – 80
33 – 80
55 – 80
Centres (mm)
70 – 94
70 – 94
72
● 1
1
2
1
7
11
4. Manually operated multipoint locks
G.U-Secury
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Massive bolt Latch Deadbolt Follower Cylinder bore (profile or round cylinder) Roller pin Hook bolt Safe-T-catch Double bolt
1
1
7
G.U-Secury massive bolts (MR 2 with safe-T-catch / MR 4)
Description
1
2
6
7
4
3 5
Double bolts
2
4
3 5
2
3 5
1
4
2
4
3 5
2
5
5
6
7
●
Massive bolts
●
Rollers/mushroom pins
●
●
Safe-T-catch (optional)
●
●
Suitable for use on smoke and fire protection doors
●
●
Key-operated
●
●
●
●
Backset (mm)
25 – 90
25 – 90
33 – 90
25 – 90
Centres (mm)
70 – 94
70 – 94
70 – 94
70 – 94
●
● 1
1
7
7
9
4
3
●
Hook bolts
12
4
3
G.U-SECURY G.U-SECURY G.U-SECURY G.U-SECURY MR 2 / MR 4 SH 2 / SH 4 DR R4
G.U-Secury Roller pins (R4)
8
G.U-BKS offers an extended programme of manual multipoint door locks for house, flat and secondary entrance doors of timber, PVC and aluminium. The G.U-SECURY lock types come with 2 or 4 additional locking points – this means 3-point, respectively 5-point locking over the total height of the door. A special feature of the additional massive bolt(s) or hook bolt(s) is their hardened steel insert making them proof against being sawn through (according to SKG-NL). Variants ■ G.U-SECURY massive bolts (MR) ■ G.U-SECURY hook bolts (SH) ■ G.U-SECURY double bolts (DR) ■ G.U-SECURY rollers (R)
6
G.U-Secury Double bolts (DR)
G.U-Secury hook bolts (SH 2 with safe-T-catch / SH 4)
8
2
9
7
6
G.U-Secury EUROPA
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Massive bolt Latch Deadbolt Follower Cylinder bore (profile or round cylinder) Hook bolt Roller pin
G.U-Secury EUROPA MR 2 (2 massive bolts)
6
7
G.U-Secury EUROPA SH 2 (2 hook bolts)
G.U-Secury EUROPA R4 (4 roller pins)
7
The handle-operated lock series G.U-SECURY EUROPA comes with 2 or 4 additional locking points – this means 3-point, respectively 5-point locking over the total height of the door. A special feature of the additional massive bolt(s) or hook bolt(s) is their hardened steel insert making them proof against being sawn through (according to SKG-NL). Variants ■ G.U-SECURY EUROPA MR 2 (2 massive bolts) ■ G.U-SECURY EUROPA SH 2 (2 hook bolts) ■ G.U-SECURY EUROPA R 4 (4 roller pins)
2
4
3
2
4
3 5
2
4
3 5
5
G.U-SECURY EUROPA R4 with roller pins With the rollers (height 8 mm, Ø 11 mm) being adjustable, optimised gasket pressure and door tightness are achieved in the top and bottom areas of the door. G.U-SECURY EUROPA comes with all current centres, backsets, forends and followers for timber, PVC and aluminium doors. 7
Description
G.U-Secury EUROPA MR2
Hook bolts Massive bolts
G.U-Secury EUROPA SH2 ●
●
Rollers/mush room pins Handle-operated
G.U-Secury EUROPA R4
● ●
●
●
Backset (mm)
25 – 65
25 – 65
25 – 65
Centres (mm)
70 – 94
70 – 94
70 – 94 1
6
7
13
5. Manually operated mortise locks
Series 13
G.U-ECONOMY
Series 13 1314
Heavy duty lock 0615
Contract lock 0515
Heavy duty lock 0615
G.U-Economy
Contract lock 0515
Control by means of monitoring contacts is not only possible with the tried and tested lock Series 18, 19, 21, and 23, but also with the mortise lock Series 13 for narrow stile doors and with the heavy duty lock variants 0615. The contract locks 0515 and the G.U-ECONOMY narrow stile locks finally complete the G.U-BKS lock range. Door fabricators benefit from the fact that identically designed doors can be fitted either with G.U-SECURY multipoint locks or G.U-ECONOMY mortise locks thanks to: ■ Identical milling dimensions for the lockcase ■ Identical forend widths ■ Identical accessories
Series 13
G.U-ECONOMY
Heavy duty lock 0615
Contract lock 0515
Narrow stile systems
Narrow stile systems
Timber and steel doors
Timber and steel doors
1-leaf
●
●
●
●
Single deadbolt throw of 20 mm
●
● ●
● ●
Description Application/Features
Double deadbolt throw of 2 x 10 mm Monitoring of: Follower (turn switch contact)
●
●
Deadbolt
●
●
Locking cam and deadbolt
●
in combination with E-opener
●
From 25 mm backset
●
From 30 mm backset From 55 mm backset 14
●
●
●
●
●
●
6. Patch locks for toughened glass doors n Glass door lock series Prime OFFICE
PRIME OFFICE 0515
PRIME OFFICE Series 21
PRIME OFFICE SerieS 0515
PRIME OFFICE SerieS 21xx C EK Radio
PRIME OFFICE SerieS 2110
Compatible among each other functionally and visually, the locks of the PRIME OFFICE range allow for innovative, sophisticated applications on glass doors. With the tried and tested BKS lock technology having been brought onto glass, there are completely new options for the use of toughened glass doors and door assemblies which have not been thought possible before, e.g., heavy duty lock quality, panic functions, self-locking locks, and the radio controlled coupling/decoupling of lever handles.
Description
PRIME OFFICE Serie 21 EK Radio
Application examples ■ PRIME OFFICE 0515 Standard glass door lock for warded and bathroom applications. ■ PRIME OFFICE Serie 21 Self-locking panic lock range e.g. suitable for (medical) office entrance doors or for escape doors with appropriate panic function (B = shift function, C = forced locking function, E = latch lever function). ■ PRIME OFFICE Serie 21 Funk EK Range of radio controlled locks allowing for the wireless integration of glass doors into access control / escape door control / or building management systems.
PRIME OFFICE 0515
PRIME OFFICE Series 21
PRIME OFFICE Series 21 EK Radio
All glass doors
All glass doors
All glass doors
1-leaf
●
●
●
Deadbolt throw of 2 x 10 mm
●
Cylinder/ bathroom/ warded
● ●
●
Application/Features
Approved to EN 179 Panic functions: Shift function B
●
Forced locking function C
●
Latch lever function E
●
●
Monitoring: Latch (latchbolt)
●
Locking cam
●
Lever handle coupled/decoupled
●
Battery charge level
● 15
Escape door functions
Shift function B
Forced locking function C Passage outwards
Passage outwards
Passage inwards
Outside
No passage inwards
Inside
Initial position:
n
Outside
Inside
Initial position:
Actuation from inside and outside: passage in both directions; follower is coupled on both sides, latch is retracted by lever handle.
n Actuation from outside: idling handle due to uncoupled follower. The door can be opened by key only. Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is n possible at any time.
Passage outwards
Passage outwards
Passage inwards
No passage inwards
Outside
Inside
Switching position:
n Actuation from outside: idling handle due to uncoupled follower. n
By turning the key, the follower is coupled so that the door can be opened by handle. Afterwards the follower must be put to idling again by key. Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.
Outside
Opening position:
n Actuation from outside: idling handle due to uncoupled follower. By n
turning the key to the limit in opening direction, the follower is coupled and the door can be opened by handle. Upon removing the key, the outside handle is switched to idling again. Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.
Passage outwards
Passage outwards
No passage inwards
Outside
Inside
No passage inwards
Inside
Outside
Inside
Locked position:
Locked position:
With the locks of Series 21 (self-locking series), both latch and deadbolt lock automatically. Actuation from outside: idling handle due to uncoupled follower. By turning the key, the follower is coupled so that the door can be opened by handle. Afterwards the follower must be put to idling again by key. Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.
With the locks of Series 21 (self-locking series), both latch and deadbolt lock automatically. Actuation from outside: idling handle due to uncoupled follower. By turning the key to the limit in opening direction, the follower is coupled and the door can be opened by handle. Upon removing the key, the outside handle is switched to idling again. Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.
n n
16
n n
Range of applications:
Range of applications:
The outside handle makes the door suitable for use as connecting door. – Hallway doors in office buildings – Homes for the elderly – Secondary entrance doors – Secondary entrance doors in kindergartens, schools and hotels
The outside handle makes the door suitable for use as connecting door. – Hallway doors in office buildings – Transformer stations – Secondary entrance doors – Secondary entrance doors in kindergartens, schools and hotels
Passage function D
Latch lever function E
Passage outwards
Passage outwards
Passage outwards
Outside
Inside
Initial position:
n
No passage inwards
Outside
Inside
Initial position:
Actuation from inside and outside: passage in both directions; follower is coupled on both sides, latch is retracted by lever handle.
n Actuation from outside: only a fixed knob or push pad are allowed as operating element. The latch can be released by key only. Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is n possible at any time.
Outside
Passage outwards
Passage outwards No passage inwards
No passage inwards
Outside
Inside
Locked position:
n n
Passage inwards
Actuation from outside: The door is opened by key (unlocks the deadbolt) and handle (retracts the latch). The outside handle is re-engaged by operating the inside handle once. Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.
Outside
Inside
Locked position: With the locks of Series 21 (self-locking series), both latch and deadbolt lock automatically Actuation from outside: the door is opened by key which retracts both latch and deadbolt. Actuation from inside: opening the door in escape direction is possible at any time.
n n
Range of applications:
Range of applications:
The outside handle makes the door suitable for use as connecting door. – Hallway doors in office buildings – Interior doors – Secondary entrance doors – Secondary entrance doors in kindergartens, schools and hotels
Due to the fixed knob or push pad on the outside, entry is possible upon key operation only. – Transformer stations and boiler rooms – Lift shafts – Underground carparks – Entrance to stores and business houses – Entrance to tenements and multi-family houses
17
Further information
!
18
If you want to learn more about our range of door locks and fittings, please ask for the catalogues and brochures listed on the next page
Copy, fill in and fax. Please send us the documents ticked: WP02004-04-2-2 Panic and emergency exit devices for Europe WP02022-04-2-2 System solutions for escape doors
Company
Contact person
WP00331-04-2-2 Electric Strike Series No. 6 WP00332-04-2-2 Locks and Fittings for Toughened Glass Assemblies: Lock series PRIME OFFICE WP02018-04-2-2 Mechatronic Locking System SE WP01002-04-2-2 Locking cylinder range
WP02001-04-2-1 Order catalogue Locks for narrow stile systems
WP02000-04-2-1 Order catalogue Mortise locks for entrance and internal doors
WP02013-04-2-1 Order catalogue Fittings for narrow stile doors
WP02014-04-2-1 Order catalogue Fittings for timber and steel doors
WP00333-04-2-2 Safety door locks Multipoint locks G.U-SECURY for timber, steel and aluminium doors
WP00050-04-2-1 Order Catalogue Safety door locks Multipoint locks G.U-SECURY for timber, steel and aluminium doors
WP00600-04-2-1 Order Catalogue Overhead door closers, floor springs, rebate door closers, hold-open systems
Street
Postal Code/City
Phone
Fax
We kindly request to be contacted by a G.U-BKS expert advisor in our country/area to make a counselling appointment.
19
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschläge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Phone + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93 www.g-u.com
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velbert Phone + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31
WP00330-04-2-2
07/2010
Printed in Germany
Mechanical Locking Systems
The patented proďŹ le series...
More Security with the BKS Locking Cylinder Programme
The patented proďŹ le series for registered differ applications and master key suites
Advantages Long patent term until 2025 ! All profile cylinders with anti-bump feature 5-pin and 6-pin variants available Keys protected against copying Master key suites and registered differ applications with customised profile
Cylinder Systems Locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252
Conventional systems for single differ and keyed alike applications without security card Series 88
Pages 4 – 5
Conventional systems for master key suites and registered differ applications with security card Series 31
Pages 6 – 7
Series 33 SL
Pages 8 – 9
Reversible key systems for master key suites and registered differ applications with security card
Series 50
Pages 10 – 11
Series 51 SL
Pages 12 – 13
Series 45
Pages 14 – 15
Service and software KeyManager
Page 16
MasterKeySystem (MKS)
Page 17
Customer Information System (CIS) Pages 18 – 19
Series 88 Basic programme for single differ and keyed alike applications without security card
Standard design 1 2 3 4 5
Body Plug Bronze tumbler pins Brass drive pin, cylindrical Brass drive pin, offset cylindrical
With anti-bump feature
6 7 8 9 10
Drive springs Coupling Cam Thread hole for fixing screw Hardened steel mushroom drive pin
11 12 13 14
Brass mushroom drive pin Key shank Key bow Key bitting
BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252 5-pin profile cylinder with paracentric key profile Cylinder body made of brass with matt or nickel-plated finish Keys of nickel-plated steel Forend fixing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel
Details concerning the particular security grades can be found in the “Performance Catalogue – Locking Cylinders”. 4
Series 88 Overview of cylinder variants
Double cylinder 8800 / 8802 / 8812 Service cylinder 8890 / 8892 / 8893
45°
33.1
90° 19
5
M5
10 17
29
270° R 15 225° A
M5 A
M5
Blank key with standard profile
1
21.5
B
Assembly case for service cylinders
Ø 30
0.8 B
135°
315°
180° Eight-way adjustable cam
10
Double cylinder with knob 8806
M5 A
10
360°
B
R1
Double cylinder with turn 8804
19
A
Half cylinder 8900 Service cylinder 8891
Nickel-plated steel, 50 pcs. per pack Article number B 4135 0701
Article number B 9920 0015
Further types such as, e.g., cam cylinders, rim locks, or pad locks are available in compatible design from series 31. Features and options: Emergency function
On both cylinder sides from length 31/31, on one side from length 27/31. The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.
Drill protection
Available with certified drill protection BSKA as an option (2 pairs of hardened steel pins).
SKG approval
Double cylinders and half cylinders with
certification available on request.
The use of pre-mounted service cylinders allows to assemble keyed alike cylinders easily and according to requirements. For further information please contact our expert advisers.
5
Series 31 Comprehensive cylinder range for master key suites and registered differ applications with security card
Optional security features
Standard design 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Body Plug Bronze tumbler pins Brass drive pin, offset cylindrical Brass drive pin, cylindrical Drive springs Coupling
Long patent term With anti-bump feature Keys protected against copying
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Cam Thread hole for fixing screw 1st hardened steel mushroom drive pin Key shank Key bow Key bitting Linear toothing
15 2nd hardened steel mushroom drive pin 16 3 hardened steel pins with drill and
pick protection (plug) 17 2 hardened steel anti-drill pins (body) 18 Body security pin 19 1st and 2nd hardened steel tumbler pin
BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252 5-pin or 6-pin profile cylinders for conventional locking applications Cylinder body made of brass with matt, polished, burnished, or nickel-plated finish Keys of high-quality nickel silver Forend fixing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel (brass as an option)
Details concerning the particular security grades can be found in the “Performance Catalogue – Locking Cylinders”. 6
Series 31 Excerpt of product range
315°
19 10
Double cylinder with turn 3104
135°
180° Eight-way adjustable cam
Rim cylinder 1309
1
21.5
M5 A
M5
0.8 B
29
Brass padlock 0778
Standard 28-60 26.5
Ø9 32
Ø 43.5 Ø 32
4
M5 A
A
50.3
33.1
M5
10 17
270° R 15 225°
Ø 30
45° 90°
5
10
360°
B
R1
Double cylinder with knob 3106 / 3189 Service cylinder 3786
19
A
Half cylinder 3101 / 3171 Service cylinder 3781
A
Double cylinder 3100 / 3102 / 3112 / 3127 Service cylinder 3780 / 3782 / 3792
B 56.2
74
20
Further types such as, e.g., cam cylinders, rim locks, round cylinders, and special cylinders available on request. Features and options: Emergency function
On both cylinder sides from length 31/31, on one side from length 27/31. The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.
Drill protection
With optional certified drill protection coming in two variants: – BSKA (2 pairs of hardened steel pins) or – BSKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins and 2 hard metal pins in plug and body, each)
Drill and pick protection
With certified protection of outer cylinder against picking and drilling as an option: – BZKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins, 2 hard metal pins in the body, 3 hard metal pins in the plug, and body security pin to secure a broken cylinder behind the backplate of security fittings)
VdS approval
Double and half cylinders with VdS* certification available on request (test includes resistance to bumping)
SKG approval
Double and half cylinders with
and
certification available on request.
Combinable with cylinder series 33 SL. Series 31 cylinders with customised profile are available both fully assembled and pre-assembled.
*VdS = Association of German property insurers
7
Series 33 SL Two security systems combined in one locking cylinder for master key suites and registered differ applications with security card
Standard design 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Body Plug Bronze tumbler pins Brass drive pin, offset cylindrical Brass drive pin, cylindrical Drive springs Coupling
Long patent term With anti-bump feature Keys protected against copying
Optional security features 8 Cam 9 Thread hole for fixing screw 10 1st hardened steel mushroom
drive pin 11 Variable rockers 12 Touch rocker 13 Locking bar
14 15 16 17 18
Key cutting Key shank Key bow Key bitting Linear toothing
19 Body security pin 20 1st and 2nd hardened steel tumbler pin 21 2nd hardened steel mushroom
drive pin 22 3 hardened steel pins with drill and
pick protection (plug) 23 2 hardened steel anti-drill pins (body)
BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252 5-pin or 6-pin profile cylinders with paracentric key profile With additional locking bar and 4 spring-loaded locking elements inside the cylinder plug Cylinder body made of brass with matt, polished, burnished, or nickel-plated finish Keys of high-quality nickel silver Forend fixing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel (brass as an option)
Details concerning the particular security grades can be found in the “Performance Catalogue – Locking Cylinders”. 8
Series 33 SL Excerpt of product range
315°
19 10
Double cylinder with turn 3304
135°
180° Eight-way adjustable cam
21.5
0.8 B
29
Brass padlock 3328
Standard 28-60 26.5
Ø9 32
Ø 43.5 Ø 32
1
M5 A
M5
Rim cylinder 3319
4
M5 A
A
50.3
33.1
M5
10 17
270° R 15 225°
Ø 30
45° 90°
5
10
360°
B
R1
Double cylinder with knob 3306
19
A
Half cylinder 3301 / 3371
A
Double cylinder 3300 / 3302 / 3312 / 3327
B 56.2
74
20
Further types such as, e.g., cam cylinders, rim locks, round cylinders, and special cylinders available on request. Features and options: Emergency function
On both cylinder sides from length 31/31, on one side from length 27/31. The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.
Drill protection
With optional certified drill protection coming in two variants: – BSKA (2 pairs of hardened steel pins) or – BSKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins and 2 hard metal pins in plug and body, each)
Drill and pick protection
With certified protection of outer cylinder against picking and drilling as an option: – BZKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins, 2 hard metal pins in the body, 3 hard metal pins in the plug, and body security pin to secure a broken cylinder behind the backplate of security fittings)
VdS approval
Double and half cylinders with VdS* certification available on request (test includes resistance to bumping)
SKG approval
Double and half cylinders with
and
certification available on request.
Combinable with cylinder series 31. Series 33 SL cylinders with customised profile are available fully assembled only.
*VdS = Association of German property insurers
9
Series 50 High-quality reversible key system featuring 6 locking pins in a row for single and keyed alike applications without security card, and also for master key suites and registered differ applications with security card
Standard design 1 2 3 4 5
Body Plug Bronze tumbler pins Brass drive pin, offset cylindrical Brass drive pin, cylindrical
With anti-bump feature
6 7 8 9 10
Hardened steel mushroom drive pin Brass mushroom drive pin Drive springs Coupling Cam
11 12 13 14
Thread hole for fixing screw Key shank Key bow Key bitting
BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252 6-pin profile cylinders with reversible key profile Patented profile series with diminishing and narrowing cuttings Paracentric key profile for single and keyed alike applications Cylinder body made of brass with matt, polished, burnished, or nickel-plated finish Keys of high-quality nickel silver (master key suites and registered differ applications) Forend fixing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel (brass as an option)
Details concerning the particular security grades can be found in the “Performance Catalogue – Locking Cylinders”. 10
Series 50 Excerpt of product range
10
Rim cylinder 5009
180° Eight-way adjustable cam
M5
A
Brass padlock 5028
M5 A
0.8 B
29
Cam cylinder 5066 Ø9
Standard 28-60 25
32
28.5
32 50.3
Ø 43.5 Ø 32
4
270° R 15 225°
A
33.1
19 M5
10 17
135°
315°
M28 x 1
45° 90°
5
10
360°
B
R1
Double cylinder with knob 5006 Service cylinder 5096
19
A
Half cylinder 5001 / 5071 Service cylinder 5091
Ø 30
Double cylinder 5000 / 5012 Service cylinder 5090 / 5093
5 74.8
56.2
20
38
Further variants available such as, e.g., rim locks and special cylinders. Features and options: Emergency function
On both cylinder sides from length 31/31. The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.
Drill protection
With optional certified drill protection coming in two variants: – BSKA (2 pairs of hardened steel pins) or – BSKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins and 2 hard metal pins in plug and body, each)
Drill and pick protection
With certified protection of outer cylinder against picking and drilling as an option: – BZKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins, 2 hard metal pins in the body, 3 hard metal pins in the plug, and body security pin to secure a broken cylinder behind the backplate of security fittings)
SKG approval
Double cylinders and half cylinders with
certification available on request.
Combinable with cylinder series 51 SL. Series 50 cylinders with customised profile are available both fully assembled and pre-assembled.
11
Series 51 SL Sophisticated reversible key system featuring 2 security systems operating independently from each other for master key suites and registered differ applications
Standard design 1 2 3 4 5
Body Plug Bronze tumbler pins Brass drive pin, cylindrical Brass drive pin, offset cylindrical
With anti-bump feature
6 7 8 9 10
Hardened steel mushroom drive pin Brass mushroom drive pin Drive springs Coupling Cam
11 12 13 14
Thread hole for fixing screw Blocking pin Locking bar Slider
15 16 17 18 19
Key shank Key bow Key bitting Hollow for blocking pin Channel for slider
BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252 6-pin profile cylinders in reversible key design With additional spring-loaded slider, locking pin, and locking bar inside the cylinder plug Cylinder body made of brass with matt, polished, burnished, or nickel-plated finish Keys of high-quality nickel silver Forend fixing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel (brass as an option)
12
Series 51 SL Excerpt of product range
10
Rim cylinder 5159
180° Eight-way adjustable cam
M5
A
Brass padlock 5158
M5 A
0.8 B
Cam cylinder 5166 Ø9
Standard 28-60 25
32
29
28.5
50.3
Ø 43.5 Ø 32
32
4
270° R 15 225°
A
33.1
19 M5
10 17
135°
315°
M28 x 1
45° 90°
5
10
360°
B
R1
Double cylinder with knob 5156 Service cylinder 5196
19
A
Half cylinder 5151 Service cylinder 5191
Ø 30
Double cylinder 5150 / 5152 Service cylinder 5190 / 5193
5 74.8
56.2
20
38
Further variants available such as, e.g., rim locks and special cylinders. Features and options: Emergency function
On both cylinder sides from length 31/31. The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.
Drill protection
With optional certified drill protection coming in two variants: – BSKA (2 pairs of hardened steel pins) or – BSKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins and 2 hard metal pins in plug and body, each)
Drill and pick protection
With certified protection of outer cylinder against picking and drilling as an option: – BZKB (2 pairs of hardened steel pins, 2 hard metal pins in the body, 3 hard metal pins in the plug, and body security pin to secure a broken cylinder behind the backplate of security fittings)
SKG approval
Double cylinders and half cylinders with
certification available on request.
Combinable with cylinder series 50. Series 51 SL cylinders with customised profile are available both fully assembled and pre-assembled.
13
Series 45 Top quality mechanics, outstanding functionality, and modern design for master key suites and registered differ applications with security card
1 2 3 4 5 6
Tumbler rows 1, 2, 3 and 4 Bronze tumbler pins Brass drive pins with springs Profile system Extension piece Steel tie
7 8 9 10 11 12
Outer housing Body tube Plug Plug collar Plug protection disc Body security pin
13 14 15 16 17 18
Hardened steel security pins Spiral locking pin Anti-drill pin (optional) Key shank Key bow Key bitting
BKS locking cylinder series according to DIN EN 1303 and DIN 18252 Profile cylinder in reversible key design with 4 tumbler rows “Sandwich design” for variable cylinder lengths Cylinder body made of brass with matt, polished, burnished, or nickel-plated finish With cylinder body cover of chromium-nickel steel (as an option) Keys of high-quality nickel silver Forend fixing screw M5 x 80 mm of nickel-plated steel (brass as an option)
Details concerning the particular security grades can be found in the “Performance Catalogue – Locking Cylinders”. 14
Series 45 Excerpt of product range
14
19
5
M5 B
10
A
Double cylinder with knob 4506 / 4589 10
4.5
10
315°
90°
270° R1 5 225°
135° 180°
19
33.1
R1
13.8
10
360° 45°
M5
13.8
Eight-way adjustable cam
M5 B
A
A
Rim cylinder 4509
21.5
Brass padlock 4528 Ø9
Standard 28-60 25
32
M5 A
0.8
50.3
Ø 43.5 Ø 32
Ø 30
4
19
10
Double cylinder with turn 4504
14
17
Half cylinder 4501 / 4571
A
Double cylinder 4500 / 4502 / 4512
29
B
74.8
56.2
20
Further types such as, e.g., Swiss round cylinders, key switch cylinders, and cam cylinders, available on request. Features and options: Emergency function
On both cylinder sides from length 31/31, on one side from length 27/31. The emergency function on double cylinders allows the cylinder to be operated even if a key is inserted on the other side.
Drill and pick protection
With certified protection of outer cylinder against picking and drilling as an option: – BZWB (outside with plug disc of hardened steel and body reinforcement) or – BZWC (outside with plug disc of hardened steel, body reinforcement, and body locking pin)
VdS approval
Double and half cylinders with VdS* certification available on request (test includes resistance to bumping)
SKG approval
Double cylinders and half cylinders with
*VdS = Association of German property insurers
certification available on request.
15
KeyManager Professional software for administering, recording and programming mechanic and mechatronic master key suites BKS KeyManager With the BKS KeyManager, a unique software has entered the market. Complex master key suites comprising mechanic mechatronic electronic products are conveniently administered and recorded, and mechatronic or electronic cylinders, and reading units programmed.
1
No time-consuming entering of cylinder or transponder serial numbers. These are all memorised automatically via the BKS asset file. The BKS KeyManager software is completely networkable and available in the languages: German English French Croatian Dutch Polish Romanian Spanish
2
System requirements:
Further languages under preparation.
Windows™ 2000 (SP4), XP (SP2), 2003 (SP1), Vista 350 MB free hard disc memory
Advantages: Simple usage via Windows Interface Protection against unauthorised access due to supervisor function with password coding Individually applicable – also for several master key suites at a time Easy administration and printing of complete key combination records
2 View of locking scheme
One user interface for the display and print of mechanic and electronic access authorisations Complete transponder administration with integral voucher print Fast and easy programming of SE components via a key combination record matrix Ordering of keys and cylinders including management of keys and cylinders delivered Individual user administration
Administration of distributed keys by person with dates of delivery and return
Suite-spanning user management
Printing of forms for key reception and return
Calendar function for temporary distribution
Printing of forms for cylinder installation and removal Display and printing of access authorisations of superordinate keys with all related single differs
16
256 MB RAM Monitor with 1024 x 768 pixel resolution Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher
1 View of door list with query result: “which doors may be locked by the queried person”
Convenient suite-spanning search function Key combination record completely editable Integration of user layouts for receipt masters Dispatch of receipts by e-mail
MKS – MasterKeySystem Internet-based planning and ordering platform MKS – MasterKeySystem MKS – MasterKeySystem is an internet-based planning and ordering platform for master key suites. The software was developed to simplify order processing and to provide maximum service. Delivery periods and the number of further enquiries concerning orders are reduced. The permanent development of this product guarantees order processing on a high technical level. The following order processing functions are currently possible: Creation of new master key systems (all profile cylinder systems) Creation of system extensions (all profile cylinder systems) Creation of subsequent key deliveries Quotation module for new systems and system extensions Free services: – online collection of key combination records – master key suite data for BKS KeyManager 3.0 or any later version – key identification – key record – key labels
1
2
3
4
System requirements: Internet access Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher Magnetic card reader Internet address: www.g-u.com
Advantages:
1 General order data 2 Single items
Sending orders without modem connection
3 Function plan
Permanent update of article data
4 Subsequent delivery of keys
Permanent connection to our internal systems Maximum supply of data concerning existing master key suites Integrated plausibility check to prevent errors No additional software required Password login with supervisor function
17
CIS – Customer Information System Internet-based customer information and ordering system CIS – Customer Information System CIS is an internet-based customer information and ordering system for all divisions of the Gretsch-Unitas group. Comprising all articles with established article number, e.g. storage articles, CIS helps to shorten delivery periods and to avoid further enquiries concerning orders. The permanent development of this product guarantees order processing at a high technical standard. The system offers the following functions: Access to all one’s own orders placed with any of the G.U Group companies.
1
Tracking of all one’s own orders (delivery information, etc.) Creation of orders concerning the divisions windows, doors, entrance systems and builder’s hardware accessories Real time availability check of all articles Collecting invoices to all orders in PDF format Quotations: – for all articles with established article number – creation of quotation at prevailing conditions – quotations convertible into orders
2
1 Transactions – Order tracking 2 Product catalogue – Article search
18
CIS – Customer Information System Internet-based customer information and ordering system Advantages: Login with password No additional software required Simple use via internet browser Permanent update of article data Articles with illustration Articles with technical specification Supply of stock information Convenient order dispatch with import functions (e.g., *.csv file) Up-to-date integration of CIS into internal G.U systems
3
System requirements: Internet access Internet browser (from Internet Explorer 6.0.29 or Firefox 2; optimised for Internet Explorer 7.0) Service e-Mail: cis@g-u.de Registration on G.U hompepage possible
4
3 Article details – Availability check 4 Shopping basket – Ordering process
19
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschl채ge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Phone + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93 www.g-u.com
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velbert Phone + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31
WP01002-04-2-2
09/2010
Printed in Germany
Safety Door Locks Multipoint door locks G.U-SECURY for timber, PVC and aluminium doors
Contents
Introduction General information about G.U-SECURY Overview of the G.U-SECURY range
Page
4
Page Page Page Page
5-6 7 8 9
Page Page Page Page
10 - 11 12 - 13 14 - 15 16 - 17
Page
18 - 19
Page
20
Page
21
Page Page Page Page
22 23 24 - 25 26
The Locks Automatically locking safety door locks G.U-SECURY Automatic G.U-SECURY Automatic4 G.U-SECURY Automatic Panic Function E G.U-SECURY Automatic Round Bolt AB 2 Key-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY MR (massive deadbolts) G.U-SECURY SH (hook bolts) G.U-SECURY DR (double bolts) G.U-SECURY R (rollers) Handle-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY-EUROPA Mortise locks G.U-ECONOMY G.U-SECURY multipoint door locks Overview of G.U-SECURY lock types for timber, PVC and aluminium doors
The Accessories for single and double leaf doors of timber, PVC or aluminium Angled latch plates, locking plates, locking rods, shoot bolts, rebate espagnolette locks Rebate shoot bolt for double leaf doors Accessories for SECURY Automatic with A-opener G.U-SECURY with safe-T-catch
3
General information about G.U-SECURY Overview of the G.U-SECURY range
Proven on house and flat entrance doors G.U offers an extended programme of multipoint door locks for house, flat and secondary entrance doors of timber, PVC and aluminium. G.U-SECURY door locks are highly approved by the great practical benefit they provide to our customers.
The programme
Automatic multipoint locking: G.U-SECURY Automatic – The lock with the click (page 6)
Integrated safe-T-catch (page 26)
G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-opener controlled, e.g., by G.U-BKS ACCESS (page 24 )
BKS security locking cylinder
SECURY Automatic SECURY MR (massive deadbolts) SECURY SH (hook bolts) SECURY DR (double bolts) SECURY R (rollers)
For the complete range including accessories see our order catalogue.
ferGUard*silver All SECURY hardware components come with the proven surface sealing ferGUard*silver. This high quality finish has superb anti-corrosive characteristics providing long-lasting surface quality. Moreover, ferGUard*silver meets future EU standards of environment protection already today !
®
Tests / Certificates DIN 18251-3 class 3 and 4 DIN 18250 VdS class A EN 179 and EN 1125 WK 2 to WK 4 according to EN 1627 to EN 1630
4
Automatically locking safety door locks G.U-SECURY Automatic
Automatic latchbolt
Lock case
Additional locking component at the top providing optimum security. Automatic latchbolt projection from 10 mm to 20 mm thanks to the integrated trigger lever. The non-handed latchbolt is secured against being forced back.
Fully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components. With fixing holes for backplate or rosette.
Follower
Holds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Latch
Rh/lh reversible. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Centres
Deadbolt
Single throw of 20 mm.
Cylinder bore
For profile cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.
Backset Forend
ferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.
Automatic latchbolt
Additional locking component at the bottom providing optimum security. Automatic latchbolt projection from 10 mm to 20 mm thanks to the integrated trigger lever. The non-handed latchbolt is secured against being forced back.
Entrance doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatic are
tested for WK 2 and WK 3 G.U-SECURY Automatic
5
Automatically locking safety door locks G.U-SECURY Automatic
The door that locks itself !
G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-opener
G.U-SECURY Automatic provides security – automatically and immediately. By simply closing the door, without locking it, the door is multipoint locked with the latchbolts throwing 20 mm. The two latchbolts are secured against being forced back. A decisive progress in today‘s securing technology for entrance doors.
A-opener Nominal voltage : 12 V Current consumption : 1 A allows for motor-driven door opening.
G.U-SECURY Automatic with safe-T-catch
Unlocking
The advantages
Variants
A door pulled shut is released by key from outside, and by handle from inside.
Increased burglary protection. With the door always being locked, the rebate clearance is equal at all points. Thanks to the reversible latches and latchbolts, the door locks are non-handed. Extensive range of G.U-SECURY accessories. Latchbolts secured against being forced back. Also available for barrier-free living to DIN 18025.
VdS tested to class A
Entrance doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatic are
tested for WK 2 and WK 3
6
VdS
Automatic Automatic with A-opener Automatic with safe-T-catch Automatic with panic function / fire protection
G.U-SECURY Automatic comes with all current centres, backsets, forends and followers for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.
Safe-T-catch Built-in catching device, easily operated by turn knob and freely switchable from outside via the profile cylinder.
Automatically locking safety door locks G.U-SECURY Automatic4
The door that locks itself ! G.U-SECURY Automatic4 provides security – automatically and immediately. By simply closing the door, without locking it, the door is multipoint locked with the latchbolts throwing 20 mm. The four latchbolts are secured against being forced back. A decisive progress in today‘s securing technology for entrance doors.
The advantages
G.U-SECURY Automatic4
Increased burglary protection. With the door always being locked, the rebate clearance is equal at all points. Thanks to the reversible latches and latchbolts, the door locks are non-handed. Extensive range of G.U-SECURY accessories. Latchbolts secured against being forced back. Also available for barrier-free living to DIN 18025.
Automatic latchbolt
Lockcase
Latch Follower
Unlocking
Variants
A door pulled shut is released by key from outside, and by handle from inside.
VdS tested to class A
VdS
Automatic4 Automatic4 with A-opener Automatic4 with safe-T-catch Automatic4 with panic function / fire protection
G.U-SECURY Automatic4 comes with all current centres, backsets, forends and followers for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.
Deadbolt Cylinder bore
Forend
Automatic latchbolt
Entrance doors equipped with G.U-SECURY Automatic4 are
tested for WK 3
7
Automatically locking safety door locks G.U-SECURY Automatic Panic Function E
No access for unauthorised persons from outside, whereas unlocking from inside is possible at any time. After closing, the door is automatically multipoint locked but can always be opened from inside via turn handle (DIN EN 179) or via push-bar (DIN EN 1125). From outside, a door pulled shut is released by key.
The advantages
Panic function E: (E = latch lever function or escape Provided with a latch, 2 function) ensures that the door can latchbolts and panic function be opened from inside at any time. “E” (escape function), a G.UG.U-SECURY door locks provided SECURY Automatic door lock with this function are licensed for provides maximum burglary the use with door furniture to protection, whilst ensuring DIN EN 179 (turn handles) and escape route safety in case of DIN EN 1125 (push-bars). an emergency, plus the benefit Please ask for the brochure of easy and convenient door “Escape Door Systems for Europe”. operation. Safe functioning without free-wheel cylinder : To achieve many years of reliable functioning, G.U-SECURY Automatic does not require a special cylinder with freeVariant wheel function. Any standard panic function plus profile cylinder can be used. fire protection G.U-SECURY Automatic with panic function is ideally suitable for secondary entrance doors, e.g., in cinemas, hotels, hospitals, schools, and public buildings.
G.U-SECURY Automatic Panic Funktion E
Automatic deadbolt
Lock case
Latch Follower
Cylinder bore
Forend
Automatic latchbolt
8
Automatically locking safety door locks G.U-SECURY Automatic Round Bolt AB 2
Secured flat entrance doors – now also for steel frames G.U-SECURY Automatic Round Bolt AB 2 provides security – automatically and immediately. By simply closing the door, without locking it, the door is multipoint locked with the round bolts throwing 20 mm.
G.U-SECURY Automatic Round Bolt AB 2
Automatic round bolt
Both round bolts are secured against being forced back. A decisive progress in today‘s securing technology for flat entrance door.
Unlocking A door pulled shut is released by key from outside, and by handle from inside.
Lock case
Latch Follower
The advantages After closing, the door is automatically locked 2 Automatic round bolts throwing 20 mm firmly secure the flat entrance door. The locking points of the Automatic round bolts are aligned with the points where the steel frame is fixed to the structure. Steel frame doors can be easily fitted or even retrofitted to provide burglary inhibition without high expenditure.
Deadbolt Cylinder bore
Forend
Automatic round bolt
Suited for WK 2 and WK 3 (depending on the door element)
9
Key-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY MR (massive deadbolts)
Lock case
Fully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components. With fixing holes for backplate or rosette.
Massive deadbolt
With hardened steel insert; provides optimum security as additional locking component at the top.
Follower
Holds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Latch
Rh/lh reversible. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Centres
Deadbolt
Double throw of 20 mm (10 mm at each throw)
Cylinder bore
For profile cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.
Backset Forend
ferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.
Massive deadbolt
With hardened steel insert; provides optimum security as additional locking component at the bottom.
Entrance doors equipped with G.U-SECURY MR 2 are
tested for WK 2 and WK 3 G.U-SECURY MR 2
10
Key-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY MR (massive deadbolts)
The advantages
G.U-SECURY MR 4
G.U-SECURY MR comes with 2 or 4 massive deadbolts – this means 3-point, respectively 5-point locking over the total height of the door. Special feature of the massive deadbolt: hardened steel insert making it proof against being sawn through (to SKG). With the G.U-SECURY MR massive deadbolts having the same geometry as the G.USECURY Automatic latchbolts, the accessories used on the door frame are identical for both lock types. Also available for barrier-free living to DIN 18025.
G.U-SECURY MR/R
Massive deadbolt
Roller
Massive deadbolt
Massive deadbolt
G.U-SECURY MR/R with rollers
Lock case
Lock case
Optimised gasket pressure and door tightness at top and bottom thanks to adjustable rollers (height 8 mm, Ø 11 mm).
Latch
Follower
Latch Deadbolt
Deadbolt
Cylinder bore
Cylinder bore
In combination with other locking components, e.g., latchbolts, G.U-SECURY MR/R door locks provide “steely“ security.
Forend
G.U-SECURY MR is available with all current centres, backsets, forend and follower types for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.
Follower
Forend
Massive deadbolt
Massive deadbolt
Massive deadbolt
Roller
Variants Entrance doors equipped with G.U-SECURY MR 4 are
tested for WK 3 (PTE Rosenheim GmbH)
MR 2 (2 massive deadbolts) MR 4 (4 massive deadbolts) MR 2 with safe-T-catch MR/R (2 massive deadboalts and 2 rollers) MR/R with safe-T-catch
11
Key-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY SH (hook bolts)
Lock case
Fully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components. With fixing holes for backplate or rosette.
Hook bolt
Additional locking component at the top providing optimum security.
Follower
Holds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Latch
Rh/lh reversible. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Centres
Deadbolt
Double throw of 20 mm (10 mm at each throw)
Cylinder bore
For profile cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.
Backset Forend
ferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.
Hook bolt
Additional locking component at the bottom providing optimum security.
Suited for WK 2 and WK 3 (depending on the door element)
G.U-SECURY SH 2
12
Key-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY SH (hook bolts)
G.U-SECURY SH
G.U-SECURY SH 4
G.U-SECURY SH/R
Solid steel claws resist the violent separation of the door leaf from its frame, thus hindering break-in attempts successfully.
The advantages
Variants
Unequalled rigidity. The 24 mm hook bolt throw exceeds the DIN requirement by far ! An optimum technical solution is provided by the hooks locking into the locking plates from underneath. A non-return device prevents the hook from being forced back. Established G.U-SECURY accessory range
SH 2 (2 hook bolts) SH 4 (4 hook bolts) SH 2 with safe-T-catch SH/R (2 hook bolts, 2 rollers)
Hook bolt
Roller
Hook bolt
Hook bolt
Schlosskasten
Lock case Latch
Follower
Latch Deadbolt
Deadbolt
Cylinder bore
Cylinder bore
Forend
Follower
Forend
Hook bolt
Hook bolt
Hook bolt
Roller
G.U-SECURY SH/R Optimised gasket pressure and door tightness at top and bottom thanks to adjustable rollers (height 8 mm, Ø 11 mm). In combination with other locking components, e.g., hook bolts, G.U-SECURY SH/R door locks offer the highest possible degree of security.
13
Key-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY DR (double bolts)
Lock case
Fully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components. With fixing holes for backplate or rosette.
Hook bolt + latchbolt
Additional locking components at the top providing optimum security. One hook bolt and one latchbolt (with hardened steel insert) throw simultaneously.
Follower
Holds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Latch
Rh/lh reversible. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Centres
Deadbolt
Double throw of 20 mm (10 mm at each throw)
Cylinder bore
For profile cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.
Backset Forend
ferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.
Hook bolt + latchbolt
Additional locking components at the bottom providing optimum security. One hook bolt and one latchbolt (with hardened steel insert) throw simultaneously.
Suited for WK 2 and WK 3 (depending on the door element)
G.U-SECURY DR
14
Key-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY DR (double bolts)
G.U-SECURY DR is another proThe advantages duct of the G.U range of burglary resistant multipoint door locks for Perfect multipoint locking in double execution – timber, PVC and aluminium house G.U-SECURY DR was deveor secondary entrance doors. loped from the proven safety G.U-SECURY DR is distinguished door locks G.U-SECURY SH by two double bolts (hook bolt + and G.U-SECURY MR. massive deadbolt) positioned at Hook bolts and massive top and bottom each. deadbolts throw simultaneously upon manual actuation by key. G.U-SECURY DR was designed with special regard to quality and safety. Both massive deadbolts and hook bolts feature a hardened steel insert making them proof against being sawn through, thus providing outstanding burglary resistance (to SKG). Increased locking tightness is achieved by – double bolting at top and bottom – the hook bolts engaging firmly behind the steel plate in the keeper from below. Tight closing due to optimum force applied to the seals, improved heat insulation and powerful protection against attempts to separate door leaf and frame by force. Same milling pattern as with G.U-SECURY Automatic4. Same frame side accessories (top and bottom keepers) as for G.U-SECURY Automatic4.
15
Key-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY R (rollers)
Lock case
Fully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components. With fixing holes for backplate or rosette.
Roller
Additional locking component providing enhanced heat and noise protection.
Roller
Additional locking component providing enhanced heat and noise protection.
Follower Latch
Holds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Deadbolt
Centres
Rh/lh reversible. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Double throw of 20 mm (10 mm at each throw)
Cylinder bore
For profile cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.
Backset
Roller
Additional locking component providing enhanced heat and noise protection.
Forend
ferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.
Roller
Additional locking component providing enhanced heat and noise protection.
G.U-SECURY R 4
16
Key-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY R (rollers)
G.U-SECURY R G.U-SECURY R 4 with rollers is the pioneer within the SECURY range. The adjustable rollers (height 8 mm, Ă˜ 11 mm) optimise the gasket pressure in the upper and lower zone of the door thus providing high thermal insulation and sound insulation.
G.U-SECURY P/R
Mushroom pin
Roller
Lock case Latch
G.U-SECURY P/R Apart from excellent thermal insulation and sound insulation, SECURY P/R with 2 mushroom pins and 2 rollers provides additional burglary inhibition.
Follower
Deadbolt Cylinder bore
Forend
Roller
Mushroom pin
17
Handle-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY-EUROPA
Lock case
Fully enclosed for optimum protection of the interior functional components. With fixing holes for backplate or rosette.
Massive deadbolt
With hardened steel insert; provides optimum security as additional locking component at the top.
Follower
Holds the square spindle of the handle without play, thus providing reliable operation of the lock. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Latch
Rh/lh reversible. Variant for fire protection doors as an option.
Centres
Deadbolt
Single throw of 20 mm.
Cylinder bore
For profile cylinder or round cylinder Ø 22 mm.
Backset Forend
Handle operation
ferGUard*silver, painted or stainless steel.
1 2 1
Massive deadbolt
With hardened steel insert; provides optimum security as additional locking component at the bottom.
Opening
G.U-SECURY EUROPA
18
1. Unlock by turning the key clockwise 2. Depress the handle to withdraw the locking points
2
Locking
1. Lift the handle upwards to engage the locking points. 2. Lock the system by turning the key anti-clockwise
Handle-operated safety door locks G.U-SECURY-EUROPA
The advantages
G.U-SECURY-EUROPA SH 2
G.U-SECURY-EUROPA is available with 2 or 4 additional locking points – this means 3-point, respectively 5-point locking over the total height of the door. Both massive deadbolt and hook bolt feature a hardened steel insert making them proof against being sawn through (to SKG).
G.U-SECURY-EUROPA R 4
Roller
Hook bolt
G.U-SECURY-EUROPA locks come with all current centres, backsets, forends and followers for timber, PVC and aluminium doors.
Roller
Lock case
G.U-SECURY-EUROPA R4 with rollers
Lock case
Latch
Optimised gasket pressure and door tightness at top and bottom thanks to adjustable rollers (height 8 mm, Ø 11 mm).
Follower
Deadbolt
Latch
Follower
Deadbolt Cylinder bore
Cylinder bore
Forend
Forend
Roller
Hook bolt
Variants EUROPA MR 2 (2 latchbolts) EUROPA SH 2 (2 hook bolts) EUROPA R 4 (4 rollers)
Roller
19
Mortise lock G.U-ECONOMY
Mortise lock ideally suited to supplement G.U-SECURY safety door locks
G.U-ECONOMY
Doors with identical design and dimensions may be furnished either with G.U-SECURY multipoint locks or G.U-ECONOMY mortise locks : Identical lock case millings Identical forend profiles Identical accessory range
Features Steel deadbolt with 20 mm single throw With latch lever function 8 mm follower, centres 92 mm, backsets 30 - 45 mm
20
Flat or U-shaped steel forend depending on the door leaf design. Short forend 290 mm with square ends. Lock galvanised in a silvery finish, latch and deadbolt nickel-plated, forend with surface sealing ferGUard*silver. Other forend colours available on request.
G.U-SECURY multipoint door locks Overview of G.U-SECURY types for timber, PVC and aluminium doors
Main and side entrance doors
Backset*
Centres
Follower
Forend
Automatic Automatic4 Automatic with A-opener Automatic with A-opener and safe-T-catch Automatic with A-opener and panic function Automatic with safe-T-catch Automatic with panic function Automatic4 with panic function
33 – 80 35 – 80 35 – 80 35 – 65 35 – 80 35 – 80 35 – 65 35 – 65
85, 88, 92 85, 88, 92 85, 88, 92 85, 88, 92 92 85, 88, 92 92 92
10+8+8,5+9 FH 10+8+8,5+9 FH 10+8+8,5+9 FH 10+8+8,5+9 FH 9 FH 10+8 9 FH 9 FH
flat flat flat flat flat flat flat flat
U-shaped U-shaped U-shaped U-shaped U-shaped U-shaped U-shaped U-shaped
Massive deadbolts Massive deadbolts with safe-T-catch Massive deadbolts and rollers Massive deadbolts, rollers, safe-T-catch
MR 2, MR 4 MR 2 MR/R MR/R
25 – 90 35 – 65 55 – 80 65
85, 88, 92 85, 88, 92 85, 88, 92 92
10+8+8,5+9 FH 10+8+8,5+9 FH 10+8 10+8
flat U-shaped flat U-shaped flat flat
Double bolts
DR
35 – 80
92
10+8
flat U-shaped
Hook bolts Hook bolts with safe-T-catch
SH 2, SH 4 SH 2
25 – 90 25 – 90
92 92
10+8 10+8
flat U-shaped flat U-shaped
Rollers Mushroom pins + rollers Flat entrance doors Automatic Automatic with A-opener Automatic with A-opener and panic function Automatic with safe-T-catch Automatic with panic function
R4 P/R
25 – 90 25 – 45
92 92
10+8 8
flat U-shaped flat
DIN frames DIN frames DIN frames DIN frames DIN frames
55 – 65 55 – 65 55 – 65 55 – 65 55 + 65
72, 78 72, 78 72 72, 78 72
8+9 FH 8+9 FH 9 FH 8+9 FH 9 FH
flat flat flat flat flat
Massive deadbolts MR 2, MR 4 Massive deadbolts with safe-T-catch MR 2 Fire protection doors Automatic FH Massive deadbolts FH Doors with steel frames to DIN Round bolts Automatic round bolts Key operated EUROPA MR 2 EUROPA SH 2 EUROPA R 4 Mortise lock ECONOMY
DIN frames DIN frames
55 – 65 55 – 65
72 72
8 8
flat flat
DIN frames DIN frames
65 55 – 80
72 72
9 FH 9 FH
flat flat
SB 2 AB 2
55 – 65 55 – 65
72 72
8 8
flat flat
35 – 55 35 – 55 35 – 55
92 92 92
8 8 8
flat flat flat
30 – 45
92
8
flat U-shaped
* For the complete G.U-SECURY range including all available backsets see our order catalogue.
21
G.U-SECURY Accessories Angular latch plates, locking plates, and locking rods for single and double leaf doors G.U-SECURY accessories for timber, PVC and aluminium doors : Latch plates and angular latch plates; adjustable locking plates and locking cases. Range of locking rods for G.U-SECURY Automatic, MR, DR and SH.
Double leaf doors
Top and bottom shoots Locking plates and cases Rebate shoot bolt Rebate espagnolette lock
The complete range of accessories for double leaf entrance doors of timber, PVC and aluminium is contained in our order catalogue.
22
G.U-SECURY Accessories Rebate shoot bolt for double leaf doors
Convenient locking and unlocking of the inactive door leaf
G.U-SECURY rebate shoot bolt
The advantages : Simultaneous throw of top and bottom shoot. Burglary inhibition : – Locking of active leaf only possible with the rebate lever in closed position. – With the additional locking bolts thrown, it is impossible to lift the rebate lever by manipulation. User friendly operation without the slightest effort. Variable shoot bolt throw for various structural conditions, profiles and material types. Simple assembly Bolts : – Automatic – MR 2
No danger of injury or wall damage thanks to the rebate lever swivelling 180°. open
closed
Technical specification Shoot bolt throw
15 – 25 mm
Sash rebate height
1880 – 3115 mm
23
G.U-SECURY Accessories G.U-BKS ACCESS, hand-held radio transmitter, safety transformer, and uninterruptible power supply for SECURY Automatic with A-opener Keyless entry with G.U-BKS ACCESS Compact – Convenient – Cost-efficient The access control unit allows for the remote opening of doors (fitted, e.g., with a motor-driven lock) by means of transponder clip or card. Advantages : Easy and safe entry without mechanic key Simple programming without PC Low-cost solution for single doors
Remote door release Ideally suited for combination with motor-driven locks (e.g., G.U-SECURY Automatic with A-opener) or electrically couplable locks
Interior operation : Controller with integral reader and numeric key pad Programming with keypad or card Exterior operation : Weatherproof reader available in various designs
Electronc “key“ : Card or clip One system consists of : Controller Mains adapter Transponder (card or clip) Exterior reader (optional)
Card reader
Controller and exit reader in one unit
Safety transformer Primary voltage : 230 V – 50 Hz Secondary voltage : 12 V AC – 2.0 A
Radio remote control system
UPS (uninterruptible power supply)
Components : G.U radio transmitter with G.U specific coding for G.U radio receiver. G.U radio receiver for installation in electric meter on top hat rail or in flush mounted installation sockets.
Supply voltage : 12...24 V AC +/- 10% 14...24 V DC +/- 10% For ambient temperatures from 0 to 40°C (Ø max. 30°C)
24
G.U hand-held radio transmitter
G.U radio receiver
G.U-SECURY Accessories Concealed cable ducts, additional locking devices with query function for SECURY Automatic with A-opener
Door leaf
Frame
Concealed cable ducts ď Ž The cable ducts are concealed in the rebate and screwfixed to the door leaf. They are made from rugged, chrome plated steel.
Additional locking devices with query function Additional locking device Automatic
ď Ž If G.U-SECURY safety door locks are used within facility management systems, the additional locking devices allow for status interrogation and report to an evaluation unit.
Additional locking device MR
Additional locking device SH
25
G.U-SECURY Accessories Safe-T-catch for G.U-SECURY Automatic – MR – SH
The advantages
The safe-T-catch is easily operated by turn knob.
High-security, integral access restrictor. The modern, high security alternative to the door chain or the face fixed lock ! The safe-T-catch is engaged and released with the turn knob inside. The safe-T-catch locked from inside can be released by key from outside. Release by mistake is impossible thanks to a safety function. Non-handed. Suitable for all current timber sections. Profile specific types for PVC and aluminium doors. G.U-SECURY locks with safe-T-catch are particularly suitable for the entrance doors of flats and one-family houses.
G.U-SECURY types available with safe-T-catch SECURY Automatic SECURY MR (deadbolts) SECURY SH (hook bolts)
26
Security all around the door with G.U-BKS securing technology for you !
BKS security door furniture Multiple screw fixing protects against opening by force. Outside backplate with solid steel base, cylinder cover with protective plate.
Overhead door closers OTS Door closers on entrance doors always ensure the fully controlled closing of the door from any opening angle. Available in various colours.
Electric door openers Electric door openers offer a high degree of convenience : The door is released at the push of a button.
Entrance door hinges Rugged hinges for high door leaf weights offer increased security. Also available with additional hinge security plates.
Sophisticated technology and beautiful design with security BKS system cylinder and user-friendly reversible key.
Aluminium floor thresholds Thermally broken aluminium thresholds perfectly close and seal the bottom of house entrance doors. Suitable for both new buildings and renovation. No condensation on the inside thanks to maximum thermal insulation.
速
27
Gretsch-Unitas GmbH Baubeschl채ge Johann-Maus-Str. 3 D-71254 Ditzingen Tel. + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 71 56 3 01-2 93 www.g-u.com
BKS GmbH Heidestr. 71 D-42549 Velbert Tel. + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-0 Fax + 49 (0) 20 51 2 01-4 31
WP00333-04-2-2
05/2009
Printed in Germany